Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

the holy age

  • 1 ἅγιος

    ἅγιος, ία, ον orig. a cultic concept, of the quality possessed by things and persons that could approach a divinity (so among the Trag. poets only Thespis, Fgm. 4 p. 833 Nauck2 βωμῶν ἁγίων, but found since V B.C. as a cultic term in Ion. and Att., e.g. ἱρόν Hdt. 2, 41; 44; Pla., Critias 116c, τόπος Leg. 904e; τελεταί Aristoph., Nub. 304 and Demosth. 25, 11 [ἁγιώταται τ.]; above all in the mysteries [GWobbermin, Rel. gesch. Studien 1896, 59ff, cp. OGI 721, 1 τῶν ἁγιωτάτων, Ἐλευσῖνι μυστηρίων]; LXX [HGehman, VetusT 4, ’54, 337–48]; LXX, pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph., apolog.)
    as adj. pert. to being dedicated or consecrated to the service of God
    in the cultic sense dedicated to God, holy, sacred, i.e. reserved for God and God’s service:
    α. of things ἁ. πόλις of Jerusalem (Appian, Syr. 50, §250: Jerus. is called the ἁγιωτάτη πόλις of the Jews; also Mithrid. 106 §498; Is 48:2; 52:1; 66:20; 2 Esdr 21:1; Da 3:28; 1 Macc 2:7 al.; B-D-F §474, 1) Mt 4:5; 27:53; Rv 11:2; of the heavenly Jerusalem 21:2, 10; 22:19; τόπος ἅ. of the temple (2 Macc 2:18; 8:17; 3 Macc 2:14) Mt 24:15; Ac 6:13; 21:28, but of the next life 1 Cl 5:7, like ὁ ἅ. αἰών the holy age = αἰὼν μέλλων (cp. in the addition to the Lat. transl. of Sir 17:27 ‘aevum sanctum’) B 10:11; γῆ ἁ. (2 Macc 1:7; TestJob 33:5) Ac 7:33 (Ex 3:5); ὄρος ἅ. (Wsd 9:8; Ps 14:1; 42:3 al.—Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 1 §2 τὸ ὄρος τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦδε [i.e. something extremely significant occurred] κλῃζόμενον ἱερόν) of the mountain of Transfiguration 2 Pt 1:18; σκεύη (1 Esdr 8:57; 1 Macc 4:49) Ox 840, 14; 21; 29 (ASyn. 150, 112; 114; 116); σκηνή Hb 9:2 (JSwetnam, CBQ 32, ’70, 205–21, defends the Vulgate transl.). διαθήκη (Da 11:28ff Theod.; 1 Macc 1:15) Lk 1:72; γραφαί Ro 1:2 (cp. 1 Macc 12:9; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 159); εὐαγγέλιον AcPlCor 2:36. λόγος 1 Cl 13:3; 56:3; Dg 7:2 (cp. Herm. Wr. 1:18 ὁ θεὸς εἶπεν ἁγίῳ λόγῳ). Since Christians are called ‘holy ones’ (s. 2dβ), their κλῆσις is also ἁ. 2 Ti 1:9; so also of the ἐντολή given them 2 Pt 2:21. Their community forms an ἐκκλησία ἁ. ITr ins; Hv 1, 1, 6; 1, 3, 4; cp. 4, 1, 3, as well as a ἱεράτευμα ἅ. 1 Pt 2:5 and an ἔθνος ἅ. (Wsd 17:2) vs. 9. For φίλημα ἅ. s. φίλημα.—πίστις is ἁγιωτάτη most holy Jd 20 (for the superl. cp. Pla., Leg. 729e; Diod S 3, 44, 2 ἱερὸν ἁγιώτατον=an exceptionally holy temple; SIG 339, 14; 768, 16 [31 B.C.]; Jos., Ant. 16, 115; ἁγιώτατος θεός: OGI 755, 1; 756, 3; cp. PGM 4, 668. Of the synagogue CIJ 754; 781; 867).
    β. of humans and transcendent beings
    א. of human beings consecrated to God, holy, pure, reverent (CB I/2, 386 no. 232, 8 [early III A.D.] of a gentile: Γάϊος, ὡς ἅγιος, ὡς ἀγαθός) prophets (Wsd 11:1; cp. ἅ. Ἀβράμ Did., Gen. 228, 23) Lk 1:70; Ac 3:21; 2 Pt 3:2. John the Baptist (w. δίκαιος) Mk 6:20; apostles Eph 3:5; of Polycarp, in EpilMosq 1; 3; 5; αἱ ἅ. γυναῖκες 1 Pt 3:5. Israel a λαὸς ἅ. (Is 62:12; Sir 49:12 v.l.; Da 7:27;PsSol PsSol:17) 1 Cl 8:3; cp. B 14:6; πᾶν ἄρσεν τῷ κυρίῳ Lk 2:23.—The Christians (Orig., C. Cels 3, 60, 16) ἅ. ἔσεσθε 1 Pt 1:16a (Lev 19:2). Charismatics (?; so EKäsemann, Beiträge zur Hist. Theol. 9, ’33, 146, n. 5) Col 1:26. ἀδελφοὶ ἅ. Hb 3:1; their children 1 Cor 7:14 (GDelling, Studien zum NT, ’70, 270–80, 281–87=Festschrift Fascher, 84–93; JBlinzler in Festschrift Schmid, ’63, 23–41; KAland, Die Stellung d. Kinder in d. frühen christl. Gemeinden u. ihre Taufe, ’67, 13–17). Presbyters IMg 3:1. W. ἄμωμος Eph 1:4; 5:27; Col 1:22; ἅ. ἐν ἀναστροφῇ 1 Pt 1:15, cp. D 10:6.
    ב. of angels holy (Job 5:1; Tob 11:14; 12:15; cp. Bousset, Rel.3 321; Cat. Cod. Astr. VIII/2 p. 176, 19; cp. PGM 4, 668; AscIs 3, 16) Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 10:22; Rv 14:10; 1 Cl 39:7; Hv 2, 2, 7; 3, 4, 1f; ἐν ἁ. μυριάσιν αὐτοῦ w. his holy myriads Jd 14 (w. ἄγγελος P72; cp. En 1:9).
    ג. of Christ holy τὸν ἅγιον παῖδά σου Ac 4:27, 30; τὸ γεννώμενον ἅ. κληθήσεται Lk 1:35; GJs 11:3 (ἅ. belongs to the pred.).
    ד. of God (Aristoph., Av. 522; Pla., Soph. 249a; OGI 262, 25; 378, 1 [19 A.D.] θεῷ ἁγίῳ ὑψίστῳ; 590, 1; 620, 2 [98 A.D.]; UPZ 79, 22 [159 B.C.] of Isis; likew. POxy 1380, 34; 36; 89; IDefixWünsch 4, 10 τὸν ἅ. Ἑρμῆν; Herm. Wr. 1, 31; PGM 1, 198; 3, 312; 4, 851; 2093. Further exx. in Wobbermin 70; Cumont3 266.—LXX; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 101; SibOr 3, 478) holy J 17:11; 1 Pt 1:16b (Lev 19:2); Rv 4:8 (Is 6:3; TestAbr A 3, p. 79, 19 [Stone p. 6]; ParJer 9:3.—The threefold ἅγιος serves to emphasize the idea, as the twofold καλὸν καλόν=indescribably beautiful Theocr. 8, 73); 6:10. Of God’s name (LXX; PGM 4, 1190; 13, 638) Lk 1:49; 1 Cl 64.
    ה. of spirit τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον or τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα or πν. ἅ., s. πνεῦμα 5c.
    shading over into the sense holy = pure, perfect, worthy of God (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Παλική: ὅρκος ἅγιος) θυσία Ro 12:1. ἀναστροφαί 2 Pt 3:11. Of the divine law Ro 7:12; ἀπαρχή (cp. Ezk 48:9ff) 11:16a; ναός (Ps 10:4; 17:7 al.; Jos., Bell. 7, 379; cp. ἱερὸν ἅ.: Hdt. 2, 41; Diod S 5, 72, 3; 15, 14, 3; Paus., 10, 32, 13) 1 Cor 3:17; Eph 2:21.
    used as a pure subst. the holy (thing, pers.)
    ἅγιον, ου, τό that which is holy
    α. concrete sacrificial meat (Lev 22:14.—Also concr. θύειν τὸ ἱερόν: 67th letter of Apollon. of Ty. [Philostrat. I 363, 30 K.]) μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅ. τοῖς κυσίν Mt 7:6; cp. D 9:5. Cp. 1QS 9:17.
    β. sanctuary (OGI 56, 59 [239 B.C.]; UPZ 119, 12 [156 B.C.]; Num 3:38; Ezk 45:18; 1 Esdr 1:5 v.l.; 1 Macc 10:42; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 125; Jos., Ant. 3, 125) τὸ ἅ. κοσμικόν Hb 9:1.
    ἅγια, ων, τά sanctuary (Jdth 4:12; 16:20; 1 Macc 3:43, 59 al.; Philo, Fuga 93 οἷς [sc. ἡ Λευιτικὴ φύλη] ἡ τῶν ἁγίων ἀνάκειται λειτουργία; Jos., Bell. 2, 341) Hb 8:2; 9:24f; 13:11. Also the front, or outer part of the temple, the holy place (3 Km 8:8; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 226) Hb 9:2. τὰ ἅ. of the heavenly sanctuary (SibOr 3, 308) vs. 12; 10:19.—(τὰ) ἅγια (τῶν) ἁγίων the holy of holies (3 Km 8:6; 2 Ch 4:22; 5:7; GrBar ins 2; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 56. Cp. Polyb. 16, 12, 7 τὸ τοῦ ΔιὸϚ ἄβατον.—Formed like κακὰ κακῶν Soph., Oed. C. 1238, ἄρρητʼ ἀρρήτων Oed. R. 465; ἔσχατα ἐσχάτων Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 260 D.; B-D-F §141, 8; 245, 2) Hb 9:3; IPhld 9:1; GJs 8:3; 13:2; 15:3. Of Christians 1 Cl 29:3 (cp. 2 Ch 31:14; Ezk 48:12).
    ἅγιος, ου, ὁ the holy one
    α. of God (En 14:1; 97:6; 98:6; 104:9) 1J 2:20 (β is also prob. [s. OPiper, JBL 66, ’47, 437–51]).
    β. of Christ ὁ ἅ. Rv 3:7; 1 Cl 23:5; Dg 9:2; ὁ ἅ. καὶ δίκαιος Ac 3:14. ὁ ἅ. τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 1:24; Lk 4:34; J 6:69 (cp. Ps 105:16 ὁ ἅ. κυρίου of Aaron).
    γ. of the martyr Polycarp EpilMosq 2 (of psalmists Did., Gen. 60, 18).
    ἅγιοι, ων, οἱ the holy ones
    α. of angels (Zech 14:5; Ps 88:6; En 1:9; PsSol 17:43; PGM 1, 198; 4, 1345; 1347). For 1 Th 3:13; 2 Th 1:10; D 16, 7; Col 1:12 (cp. 1QS 11:7f), β is also prob.
    β. believers, loyal followers, saints of Christians as consecrated to God (cp. Is 4:3; Tob 8:15; Ps 33:10; Da 7:18, 21) Ac 9:13, 32; Ro 8:27; 12:13; 15:25 (Ltzm., exc. ad loc. on the early community in Jerusalem); 1 Cor 6:1f; 2 Cor 1:1; Eph 2:19; 3:8; Phil 4:22; Col 1:4; 1 Ti 5:10; Hb 6:10; Rv 22:21 v.l. (s. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 56f); D 16:7 perh.; 1 Cl 46:2; Hv 1, 1, 9 al.; κλητοὶ ἅ. Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:2; οἱ ἅ. αὐτοῦ Col 1:26; cp. Ac 9:13; Hv 3, 8, 8; οἱ ἅ. καὶ πιστοὶ αὐτοῦ ISm 1:2.
    γ. of other people esp. close to God (Dionys. Soph., Ep. 70 σωφροσύνη … προσήγαγέ σε θεῷ … τοῖς ἁγίοις παρέστησεν) Mt 27:52; cp. Rv 18:20, 24; Eph 2:19.—FJDölger, ΙΧΘΥΣ 1910, 180–83; WLink, De vocis ‘sanctus’ usu pagano, diss. Königsb. 1910; AFridrichsen, Hagios-Qadoš 1916; EWilliger, Hagios 1922; JDillersberger, Das Heilige im NT 1926; HDelehaye, Sanctus 19272; ’33; RAsting, D. Heiligkeit im Urchristentum 1930; UBunzel, D. Begriff der Heiligkeit im AT, diss. Breslau 1914; JHänel, D. Religion d. Heiligkeit ’31; PChantraine/OMasson, Debrunner Festschr., ’54, 85–107; FNötscher, Vom Alten zum NT, ’62, 126–74 (Qumran). SWoodward, JETS 24, ’81, 107–16 (Qumran displays transition from association of the term for ‘saints’ with celestial beings to human beings, s. 1QS 5:6f; 8:5 and 8).—B. 1475. EDNT. DDD 1359–64. New Docs 4, 111. DELG s.v. ἅζομαι. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἅγιος

  • 2 día

    m.
    day, twenty-four hours, twenty-four-hour period.
    * * *
    1 day
    ¿qué día es hoy? what day is it today?, what's the date today?
    2 (con luz) daylight, daytime
    3 (tiempo) day, weather
    1 (vida) days
    \
    a la luz del día in daylight
    a los pocos días a few days later
    al despuntar el día at dawn, at daybreak
    al día siguiente / al otro día the following day
    ¡buenos días! good morning!
    cada día / todos los días each day, every day
    dar los buenos días to say good morning
    de día during the day
    de un día para otro from one day to the next, overnight
    del día fresh
    día a día day by day
    el día menos pensado figurado when you least expect it
    estar al día figurado to be up to date
    hacer buen/mal día to be a nice/horrible day
    hasta el fin de sus días to the end of his days
    poner al día to bring up to date
    ser de día to be daylight
    si algún día lo ves... if you ever see him...
    un buen día figurado one fine day
    un día sí y otro no every other day
    vivir al día figurado to live from hand to mouth, not to save a penny
    día de año nuevo New Year's Day
    día de fiesta / día festivo holiday, bank holiday
    día de paga payday
    día lectivo teaching day
    día libre day off
    días alternos every other day sing
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) day
    - día festivo
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=período de 24 horas) day

    a los pocos díaswithin o after a few days, a few days later

    día a día — day in day out, day by day

    siete veces al día — seven times a day

    ese problema es ya de días — that's an old problem

    de día en día — from day to day

    día (de) por medio LAm every other day, on alternate days

    ocho días — a week

    quince días — a fortnight

    un día sí y otro no — every other day

    día tras día — day after day

    día azul — (Ferro) cheap ticket day

    día de diario, día de entresemana — weekday

    día de fiesta — holiday, public holiday

    Día de la Raza= Día de la Hispanidad

    día del espectadorday each week when cinema tickets are discounted

    estaremos aquí hasta el día del Juicioiró we'll be here till Kingdom come

    Día de los Difuntos — All Souls' Day, Day of the Dead

    día de los inocentes April Fools' Day ( 1 April)

    Día de (los) Muertos Méx All Souls' Day, Day of the Dead

    día de tribunalesday on which courts are open

    día feriado, día festivo — holiday, public holiday

    día franco — (Mil) day's leave

    día malo, día nulo — off day

    días de gracia — (Com) days of grace

    día señalado[gen] special day; [en calendario] red-letter day

    día útil — working day, weekday

    See:
    ver nota culturelle DÍA DE LOS (SANTOS) INOCENTES in inocente,
    ver nota culturelle DÍA DE REYES in rey
    2) (=no noche) daytime

    hace buen día — the weather's good today, it's a fine day

    ¡ buenos días!, ¡ buen día! — Cono Sur good morning!

    de día — by day, during the day

    duerme de día y trabaja de noche — he sleeps by day and works by night, he sleeps during the day and works at night

    día y nochenight and day

    3) (=fecha) date

    ¿qué día es hoy? — [del mes] what's the date today?; [de la semana] what day is it today?

    iré pronto, pero no puedo precisar el día — I'll be going soon, but I can't give an exact date

    hoy, día cinco de agosto — today, fifth August

    día lunes/martes etc LAm Monday/Tuesday etc

    el día de hoytoday

    el día de mañana — (lit) tomorrow; (fig) at some future date

    4) (=momento sin precisar)

    en los días de la reina Victoria — in Queen Victoria's day, in Queen Victoria's times

    cualquier día (de estos) — one of these days

    ¡cualquier día! — iró not on your life!

    cualquier día vieneiró we'll be waiting till the cows come home for him to turn up

    ¡cualquier día te voy a comprar una casa! — if you think I'm going to buy you a house you've got another think coming!

    en nuestros días — nowadays

    la prensa de nuestros días — today's press, the press these days

    otro día — some other day, another day

    ¡hasta otro día! — so long!

    - ¡tal día hará un año!
    5) (=actualidad)

    del día — [estilo] fashionable, up-to-date

    (=fresco)

    estar al día — (=actualizado) to be up to date; (=de moda) to be with it

    quien quiera estar al día en esta especialidad, que lea... — anyone who wishes to keep up to date with this area of study, should read...

    poner al día — [+ texto, contabilidad] to bring up to date; [+ base de datos] to update; [+ diario] to write up

    ponerse al día (en algo) — to get up to date (with sth)

    vivir al día — to live from one day to the next

    * * *
    1)

    el día anterior — the day before, the previous day

    el día siguientethe next o the following day

    el día de ayer/hoy — (frml) yesterday/today

    una vez/dos veces al día — once/twice a day

    un día sí y otro no — every other day, on alternate days

    día (de) por medio — (AmL) every other day, on alternate days

    dentro de quince díasin two weeks o (BrE) a fortnight

    buenos días or (RPl) buen día — good morning

    al día: estoy al día en los pagos I'm up to date with the payments; ponerse al día con algo <noticias/trabajo> to get up to date on/with something; ponga al día su correspondencia bring your correspondence up to date; de un día para otro overnight, from one day to the next; día y noche day and night, continually; hoy en día nowadays, these days; mantenerse al día to keep abreast of things, keep up to date; todo el santo día all day long; se pasa todo el santo día en el teléfono he's on the phone all day long; vivir al día — to live from hand to mouth

    b) ( jornada) day

    trabajan cuatro días a la semana — they work four days a week, they work a four-day week

    c) ( fecha)

    ¿qué día es hoy? — what day is it today?

    hasta el día 5 de junio — until June fifth, until the fifth of June

    2) ( horas de luz) day

    al caer el día — at dusk, at twilight

    de día claro — (Chi) in broad daylight

    hasta otro día! — so long!, see you!

    en su día: se lo contaré en su día I'll tell him in due course; dio lugar a un gran escándalo en su día it caused a huge scandal in its day o time; un buen día — one fine day

    4) días masculino plural (vida, tiempo) days (pl)

    tiene los días contados — his days are numbered, he won't last long

    estar en sus días — (Méx fam) to have one's period

    hace un día nublado/caluroso — it's cloudy/hot

    •• Cultural note:
    &rarrow; Día de la Raza
    In Latin America, the anniversary of Columbus's discovery of America, October 12. In Spain it is known as día de la Hispanidad. It symbolizes the cultural ties shared by Spanish-speaking countries
    On December 28 people in the Spanish-speaking world celebrate the Feast of the Holy Innocents, a religious festival commemorating the New Testament story of the massacre of the ‘Innocents’, by playing practical jokes, or inocentadas, on one another. The classic inocentada is to hang paper dolls on someone's back without their knowing. Spoof news stories also appear in newspapers and the media
    In Latin America and Spain, Labor Day is celebrated on May Day. In many Latin American countries, where workers still suffer greatly from low wages and bad working conditions, May Day celebrations often have strong overtones of protest
    Celebrated on November 1, is a day on when people place flowers on the graves of loved ones. In Mexico it is common to hold a party by the grave. A feast is prepared, in which the dead person is symbolically included
    * * *
    = date, day.
    Ex. This access is achieved by organising the tools so that a user may search under a specific access point or heading or index term, for example, subject term, author, name, title, date.
    Ex. Most host are not available twenty-four hours a day, seven days of the week.
    ----
    * 24 horas al día = around the clock.
    * 365 días al año = year-round.
    * acabar + Posesivo + días en = end up + Posesivo + days in.
    * a cualquier hora del día o de la noche = at any hour of the day or night, at any time of the day or night.
    * a día de hoy = as of today.
    * a la luz del día = in the light of day.
    * al despuntar el día = at the crack of dawn.
    * al día = in step, paid-up, in good standing.
    * al día de = in step with.
    * al día de hoy = as of today.
    * al día siguiente = the next day.
    * alegrarle el día a Alguien = brighten up + Posesivo + day, make + Posesivo + day.
    * al final del día = at the close of the day.
    * algún día = one day.
    * al romper el día = at the crack of dawn.
    * a medida que + avanzar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a medida que + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a medida que + transcurrir + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a plena luz del día = in broad daylight.
    * a un día de distancia de = one day away from.
    * barba de tres días = stubble beard, stubble.
    * barba de tres días de moda = designer stubble.
    * billete para otro día = rain cheque [rain check, -USA].
    * buenos días = good morning.
    * cada día = every day.
    * cada día que pasa = each passing day.
    * cada dos días = every other day.
    * centro de día = day care centre, day centre.
    * centro de día para mayores = day centre for the elderly.
    * como el día y la noche = worlds apart, like oil and water, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.
    * como la noche y el día = like oil and water, worlds apart, like apples and oranges.
    * conforme + avanzar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * conforme + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * conforme + transcurrir + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].
    * de cinco días de duración = five-day.
    * de cuatro días de duración = four-day.
    * de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.
    * de día a día = from day to day.
    * de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.
    * de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].
    * de hoy día = of today.
    * de hoy en día = of today.
    * dejar Algo para otro día = take + a rain cheque.
    * del día o de la noche = day or night.
    * de medio día de duración = half-day [half day].
    * de + Número + días de duración = Número + day-long.
    * de puesta al día = top-up.
    * desde el primer día = from day one.
    * desde ese día = since that day.
    * desde + Expresión Temporal + hasta hoy día = from + Expresión Temporal + up to the present day.
    * de una día de duración = one-day.
    * de un día de duración = day-long, full-day.
    * día abrasador = scorcher.
    * día aburrido = dull day.
    * día a día = day by day.
    * día a día de, el = day-to-day running of, the.
    * día a día, el = daily situation.
    * día caluroso = scorcher.
    * día corriente = ordinary day.
    * Día de Acción de Gracias = Thanksgiving.
    * día de compras = shopping trip.
    * día de descanso = holiday.
    * día de entre semana = weekday.
    * día de fiesta = holiday, public holiday.
    * día de la apertura = opening day.
    * día de la boda = wedding day.
    * día de la inauguración = opening day.
    * día de la madre, el = Mother's Day, Mothering Sunday.
    * día de las elecciones = election day.
    * Día de la Tierra = Earth Day.
    * día de la votación = election day.
    * día del deporte = sports day.
    * día del Juicio Final = doomsday, Judgement Day.
    * día de lluvia = rainy day.
    * Día de los Caídos = Memorial Day.
    * día de los enamorados, el = St. Valentine's Day.
    * día de los Reyes Magos, el = Epiphany, the.
    * Día de los (Santos) Inocentes, el = April Fools' Day.
    * día de los trabajadores = Labour Day.
    * día del padre, el = Father's Day.
    * día del trabajo = Labour Day.
    * día de mucho calor = scorcher.
    * día de Navidad = Christmas Day.
    * día de perros = bad hair day.
    * día de San Valentín, el = St. Valentine's Day.
    * día de sol = sunny day.
    * Día de Todos los Santos = All Saints' Day.
    * día de trabajo = working day.
    * día de un santo = saint's day.
    * día de verano = summer day.
    * día escolar = school day.
    * día especial = red-letter day.
    * día + estar por llegar = day + be + yet to come.
    * día festivo = holiday, public holiday, bank holiday.
    * día funesto = bad hair day.
    * día hábil = business day, workday, weekday, working day.
    * día internacional de los trabajadores = Labour Day.
    * día internacional del trabajo = Labour Day.
    * día laborable = workday, business day, weekday, working day.
    * día libre = day off.
    * día libre por trabajo extra = compensatory day off.
    * día lluvioso = rainy day.
    * día malo = bad hair day.
    * día memorable = red-letter day.
    * día normal = ordinary day.
    * día que pasa = passing day.
    * día + romper = day + break.
    * día señalado = red-letter day.
    * día soleado = sunny day.
    * días universitarios = school days.
    * día tras día = day after day, day in and day out, day by day.
    * día veraniego = summer day.
    * día y noche = round the clock, day and night, night and day, around the clock.
    * durante días = for days.
    * durante días y días = for days on end.
    * durante el día = by day, by day, daytime [day-time], in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.
    * durante todo el día = all day long.
    * echar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * echársele a Uno el día encima = make + hay while the sun shines.
    * el pan nuestro de cada día = all in a day's work.
    * en días alternos = every other day.
    * en el día a día = in the day to day, in the trenches.
    * en el orden del día = on the agenda.
    * en estos días = today, these days.
    * en los próximos días = in the next few days, over the next few days.
    * en los últimos días = in recent days.
    * en pleno día = in broad daylight.
    * en su día = in its day.
    * entrada para otro día = rain cheque [rain check, -USA].
    * estar a la orden del día = be the order of the day.
    * estar al día = monitor + developments, stay on top of + the game, stay on top of, stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estos días = these days.
    * excursión de un día de duración = day trip.
    * excursionista de día = day hiker.
    * excursionista de un día = day-tripper.
    * exponer a la luz del día = expose to + daylight.
    * flor de un día = flash in the pan.
    * ganarse el pan de cada día = get + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread and butter.
    * hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.
    * hace unos cuantos días = a few days ago.
    * hace unos días = a few days ago.
    * hace unos pocos días = a few days ago.
    * hospital de día = day hospital.
    * hoy día = nowadays, present day, the, today, in this day and age.
    * hoy en día = in this day and age, at the present time.
    * inscripción por un día = day registration.
    * la pesca del día = the day's catch, the catch of the day.
    * leche del día = fresh milk.
    * los 365 días del año = year-round.
    * los días antes de = leading up to.
    * luz del día = daylight.
    * mal día = bad hair day.
    * mantenerse al día = keep up to + date (with), keep up with + the current scene, keep + current.
    * mantenerse al día de = keep + abreast of, keep + pace with, keep up with, stay + abreast of, keep + a finger on the pulse of, stay in + step with, keep in + step with, keep + step with.
    * mantenerse al día de las noticias = keep up with + the news.
    * mantenerse al día de los avances = track + developments.
    * más largo que un día sin pan = as long as (my/your) arm.
    * medio día = one-half day.
    * menú del día = table d'hote, set menu.
    * noche y día = day and night, night and day.
    * Número + al día = Número + a day.
    * orden del día = agenda.
    * pasar los días = spend + Posesivo + days.
    * permanentemente los siete días de la semana = 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
    * píldora del día después = morning-after pill.
    * poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.
    * poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.
    * ponerse al día de = catch up on.
    * ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.
    * ponerse al día en = catch up with.
    * por el día = daytime [day-time], during the daytime, in the daytime, during daytime.
    * por el día o por la noche = day or night.
    * por el día y por la noche = night and day.
    * por el día y por la noche = day and night.
    * puesta al día = catch-up [catchup], updatability, update [up-date].
    * puesta al día del personal = staff development.
    * punto del orden del día = agenda item.
    * seguir al día = remain on top of.
    * ser como el día y la noche = different as night and day.
    * servicio de atención de día = day care.
    * servicio de cuidado de día = day care.
    * sesión de puesta al día = briefing session.
    * sin afeitar desde hace varios días = stubbly [stubblier -comp., stubbliest -sup.].
    * tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * tener un buen día = have + a good day.
    * tener un día muy largo = have + a long day.
    * tener un mal día = have + a bad day.
    * ticket para otro día = rain cheque [rain check, -USA].
    * todo el día = all day, all day long, around the clock.
    * todo el santo día = all day long.
    * todos los días = daily, on a daily basis, every day, day in and day out.
    * tomarse unos días de asuntos propios = take + time off, take + time out, take + time off work.
    * tomarse unos días de descanso = take + a break from work.
    * tomarse unos días de permiso = take + a leave of absence.
    * tomarse unos días de permiso en el trabajo = take + time off work.
    * tomarse unos días de permiso en el trabajo = take + time off, take + time out.
    * tomarse unos días de vacaciones = take + time off, take + time out, take + time off work.
    * trabajar de día y de noche = work + day and night.
    * trabajar día y noche = work + Reflexivo + to the ground, work + Reflexivo + to death, work (a)round + the clock.
    * trabajar las veinticuatro horas del día = work (a)round + the clock.
    * trabajar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * trabajar noche y día = work + day and night.
    * un día de descanso = a day away from.
    * un día fuera = a day out.
    * un día haciendo algo diferente = a day away from.
    * un día normal = on a typical day.
    * un día sí y otro no = every other day.
    * un día sí y otro también = day in and day out.
    * un día tras otro = day after day.
    * un día y medio = one and a half days.
    * unos días más tarde = a few days later.
    * veinticuatro horas al día, siete días a la semana, 365 días al año = 24/7, 24/7/365.
    * ver la luz del día = see + the light of day.
    * visitante turístico de un día = day-tripper.
    * visita turística de una día de duración = day trip.
    * volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.
    * * *
    1)

    el día anterior — the day before, the previous day

    el día siguientethe next o the following day

    el día de ayer/hoy — (frml) yesterday/today

    una vez/dos veces al día — once/twice a day

    un día sí y otro no — every other day, on alternate days

    día (de) por medio — (AmL) every other day, on alternate days

    dentro de quince díasin two weeks o (BrE) a fortnight

    buenos días or (RPl) buen día — good morning

    al día: estoy al día en los pagos I'm up to date with the payments; ponerse al día con algo <noticias/trabajo> to get up to date on/with something; ponga al día su correspondencia bring your correspondence up to date; de un día para otro overnight, from one day to the next; día y noche day and night, continually; hoy en día nowadays, these days; mantenerse al día to keep abreast of things, keep up to date; todo el santo día all day long; se pasa todo el santo día en el teléfono he's on the phone all day long; vivir al día — to live from hand to mouth

    b) ( jornada) day

    trabajan cuatro días a la semana — they work four days a week, they work a four-day week

    c) ( fecha)

    ¿qué día es hoy? — what day is it today?

    hasta el día 5 de junio — until June fifth, until the fifth of June

    2) ( horas de luz) day

    al caer el día — at dusk, at twilight

    de día claro — (Chi) in broad daylight

    hasta otro día! — so long!, see you!

    en su día: se lo contaré en su día I'll tell him in due course; dio lugar a un gran escándalo en su día it caused a huge scandal in its day o time; un buen día — one fine day

    4) días masculino plural (vida, tiempo) days (pl)

    tiene los días contados — his days are numbered, he won't last long

    estar en sus días — (Méx fam) to have one's period

    hace un día nublado/caluroso — it's cloudy/hot

    •• Cultural note:
    &rarrow; Día de la Raza
    In Latin America, the anniversary of Columbus's discovery of America, October 12. In Spain it is known as día de la Hispanidad. It symbolizes the cultural ties shared by Spanish-speaking countries
    On December 28 people in the Spanish-speaking world celebrate the Feast of the Holy Innocents, a religious festival commemorating the New Testament story of the massacre of the ‘Innocents’, by playing practical jokes, or inocentadas, on one another. The classic inocentada is to hang paper dolls on someone's back without their knowing. Spoof news stories also appear in newspapers and the media
    In Latin America and Spain, Labor Day is celebrated on May Day. In many Latin American countries, where workers still suffer greatly from low wages and bad working conditions, May Day celebrations often have strong overtones of protest
    Celebrated on November 1, is a day on when people place flowers on the graves of loved ones. In Mexico it is common to hold a party by the grave. A feast is prepared, in which the dead person is symbolically included
    * * *
    = date, day.

    Ex: This access is achieved by organising the tools so that a user may search under a specific access point or heading or index term, for example, subject term, author, name, title, date.

    Ex: Most host are not available twenty-four hours a day, seven days of the week.
    * 24 horas al día = around the clock.
    * 365 días al año = year-round.
    * acabar + Posesivo + días en = end up + Posesivo + days in.
    * a cualquier hora del día o de la noche = at any hour of the day or night, at any time of the day or night.
    * a día de hoy = as of today.
    * a la luz del día = in the light of day.
    * al despuntar el día = at the crack of dawn.
    * al día = in step, paid-up, in good standing.
    * al día de = in step with.
    * al día de hoy = as of today.
    * al día siguiente = the next day.
    * alegrarle el día a Alguien = brighten up + Posesivo + day, make + Posesivo + day.
    * al final del día = at the close of the day.
    * algún día = one day.
    * al romper el día = at the crack of dawn.
    * a medida que + avanzar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a medida que + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a medida que + transcurrir + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a plena luz del día = in broad daylight.
    * a un día de distancia de = one day away from.
    * barba de tres días = stubble beard, stubble.
    * barba de tres días de moda = designer stubble.
    * billete para otro día = rain cheque [rain check, -USA].
    * buenos días = good morning.
    * cada día = every day.
    * cada día que pasa = each passing day.
    * cada dos días = every other day.
    * centro de día = day care centre, day centre.
    * centro de día para mayores = day centre for the elderly.
    * como el día y la noche = worlds apart, like oil and water, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.
    * como la noche y el día = like oil and water, worlds apart, like apples and oranges.
    * conforme + avanzar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * conforme + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * conforme + transcurrir + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].
    * de cinco días de duración = five-day.
    * de cuatro días de duración = four-day.
    * de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.
    * de día a día = from day to day.
    * de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.
    * de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].
    * de hoy día = of today.
    * de hoy en día = of today.
    * dejar Algo para otro día = take + a rain cheque.
    * del día o de la noche = day or night.
    * de medio día de duración = half-day [half day].
    * de + Número + días de duración = Número + day-long.
    * de puesta al día = top-up.
    * desde el primer día = from day one.
    * desde ese día = since that day.
    * desde + Expresión Temporal + hasta hoy día = from + Expresión Temporal + up to the present day.
    * de una día de duración = one-day.
    * de un día de duración = day-long, full-day.
    * día abrasador = scorcher.
    * día aburrido = dull day.
    * día a día = day by day.
    * día a día de, el = day-to-day running of, the.
    * día a día, el = daily situation.
    * día caluroso = scorcher.
    * día corriente = ordinary day.
    * Día de Acción de Gracias = Thanksgiving.
    * día de compras = shopping trip.
    * día de descanso = holiday.
    * día de entre semana = weekday.
    * día de fiesta = holiday, public holiday.
    * día de la apertura = opening day.
    * día de la boda = wedding day.
    * día de la inauguración = opening day.
    * día de la madre, el = Mother's Day, Mothering Sunday.
    * día de las elecciones = election day.
    * Día de la Tierra = Earth Day.
    * día de la votación = election day.
    * día del deporte = sports day.
    * día del Juicio Final = doomsday, Judgement Day.
    * día de lluvia = rainy day.
    * Día de los Caídos = Memorial Day.
    * día de los enamorados, el = St. Valentine's Day.
    * día de los Reyes Magos, el = Epiphany, the.
    * Día de los (Santos) Inocentes, el = April Fools' Day.
    * día de los trabajadores = Labour Day.
    * día del padre, el = Father's Day.
    * día del trabajo = Labour Day.
    * día de mucho calor = scorcher.
    * día de Navidad = Christmas Day.
    * día de perros = bad hair day.
    * día de San Valentín, el = St. Valentine's Day.
    * día de sol = sunny day.
    * Día de Todos los Santos = All Saints' Day.
    * día de trabajo = working day.
    * día de un santo = saint's day.
    * día de verano = summer day.
    * día escolar = school day.
    * día especial = red-letter day.
    * día + estar por llegar = day + be + yet to come.
    * día festivo = holiday, public holiday, bank holiday.
    * día funesto = bad hair day.
    * día hábil = business day, workday, weekday, working day.
    * día internacional de los trabajadores = Labour Day.
    * día internacional del trabajo = Labour Day.
    * día laborable = workday, business day, weekday, working day.
    * día libre = day off.
    * día libre por trabajo extra = compensatory day off.
    * día lluvioso = rainy day.
    * día malo = bad hair day.
    * día memorable = red-letter day.
    * día normal = ordinary day.
    * día que pasa = passing day.
    * día + romper = day + break.
    * día señalado = red-letter day.
    * día soleado = sunny day.
    * días universitarios = school days.
    * día tras día = day after day, day in and day out, day by day.
    * día veraniego = summer day.
    * día y noche = round the clock, day and night, night and day, around the clock.
    * durante días = for days.
    * durante días y días = for days on end.
    * durante el día = by day, by day, daytime [day-time], in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.
    * durante todo el día = all day long.
    * echar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * echársele a Uno el día encima = make + hay while the sun shines.
    * el pan nuestro de cada día = all in a day's work.
    * en días alternos = every other day.
    * en el día a día = in the day to day, in the trenches.
    * en el orden del día = on the agenda.
    * en estos días = today, these days.
    * en los próximos días = in the next few days, over the next few days.
    * en los últimos días = in recent days.
    * en pleno día = in broad daylight.
    * en su día = in its day.
    * entrada para otro día = rain cheque [rain check, -USA].
    * estar a la orden del día = be the order of the day.
    * estar al día = monitor + developments, stay on top of + the game, stay on top of, stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estos días = these days.
    * excursión de un día de duración = day trip.
    * excursionista de día = day hiker.
    * excursionista de un día = day-tripper.
    * exponer a la luz del día = expose to + daylight.
    * flor de un día = flash in the pan.
    * ganarse el pan de cada día = get + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread and butter.
    * hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.
    * hace unos cuantos días = a few days ago.
    * hace unos días = a few days ago.
    * hace unos pocos días = a few days ago.
    * hospital de día = day hospital.
    * hoy día = nowadays, present day, the, today, in this day and age.
    * hoy en día = in this day and age, at the present time.
    * inscripción por un día = day registration.
    * la pesca del día = the day's catch, the catch of the day.
    * leche del día = fresh milk.
    * los 365 días del año = year-round.
    * los días antes de = leading up to.
    * luz del día = daylight.
    * mal día = bad hair day.
    * mantenerse al día = keep up to + date (with), keep up with + the current scene, keep + current.
    * mantenerse al día de = keep + abreast of, keep + pace with, keep up with, stay + abreast of, keep + a finger on the pulse of, stay in + step with, keep in + step with, keep + step with.
    * mantenerse al día de las noticias = keep up with + the news.
    * mantenerse al día de los avances = track + developments.
    * más largo que un día sin pan = as long as (my/your) arm.
    * medio día = one-half day.
    * menú del día = table d'hote, set menu.
    * noche y día = day and night, night and day.
    * Número + al día = Número + a day.
    * orden del día = agenda.
    * pasar los días = spend + Posesivo + days.
    * permanentemente los siete días de la semana = 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
    * píldora del día después = morning-after pill.
    * poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.
    * poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.
    * ponerse al día de = catch up on.
    * ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.
    * ponerse al día en = catch up with.
    * por el día = daytime [day-time], during the daytime, in the daytime, during daytime.
    * por el día o por la noche = day or night.
    * por el día y por la noche = night and day.
    * por el día y por la noche = day and night.
    * puesta al día = catch-up [catchup], updatability, update [up-date].
    * puesta al día del personal = staff development.
    * punto del orden del día = agenda item.
    * seguir al día = remain on top of.
    * ser como el día y la noche = different as night and day.
    * servicio de atención de día = day care.
    * servicio de cuidado de día = day care.
    * sesión de puesta al día = briefing session.
    * sin afeitar desde hace varios días = stubbly [stubblier -comp., stubbliest -sup.].
    * tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * tener un buen día = have + a good day.
    * tener un día muy largo = have + a long day.
    * tener un mal día = have + a bad day.
    * ticket para otro día = rain cheque [rain check, -USA].
    * todo el día = all day, all day long, around the clock.
    * todo el santo día = all day long.
    * todos los días = daily, on a daily basis, every day, day in and day out.
    * tomarse unos días de asuntos propios = take + time off, take + time out, take + time off work.
    * tomarse unos días de descanso = take + a break from work.
    * tomarse unos días de permiso = take + a leave of absence.
    * tomarse unos días de permiso en el trabajo = take + time off work.
    * tomarse unos días de permiso en el trabajo = take + time off, take + time out.
    * tomarse unos días de vacaciones = take + time off, take + time out, take + time off work.
    * trabajar de día y de noche = work + day and night.
    * trabajar día y noche = work + Reflexivo + to the ground, work + Reflexivo + to death, work (a)round + the clock.
    * trabajar las veinticuatro horas del día = work (a)round + the clock.
    * trabajar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * trabajar noche y día = work + day and night.
    * un día de descanso = a day away from.
    * un día fuera = a day out.
    * un día haciendo algo diferente = a day away from.
    * un día normal = on a typical day.
    * un día sí y otro no = every other day.
    * un día sí y otro también = day in and day out.
    * un día tras otro = day after day.
    * un día y medio = one and a half days.
    * unos días más tarde = a few days later.
    * veinticuatro horas al día, siete días a la semana, 365 días al año = 24/7, 24/7/365.
    * ver la luz del día = see + the light of day.
    * visitante turístico de un día = day-tripper.
    * visita turística de una día de duración = day trip.
    * volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.

    * * *
    A
    ¿qué día es hoy? what day is it today?
    todos los días every day
    no es algo que pase todos los días it's not something that happens every day, it's not an everyday occurrence
    el día anterior the day before, the previous day
    el día siguiente era domingo the next o the following day was Sunday
    al día siguiente or al otro día volvió a suceder it happened again the following o the next day
    el día de ayer/hoy ( frml); yesterday/today
    una vez/dos veces al día once/twice a day
    trabaja doce horas por día she works twelve hours a day, she works a twelve-hour day
    un día sí y otro no every other day, on alternate days
    día (de) por medio ( AmL); every other day, on alternate days
    dentro de quince días in two weeks o ( BrE) a fortnight
    el otro día la vi I saw her the other day
    está cada día más delgado he gets thinner every day o with every day that passes
    viene cada día a quejarse he comes here every day to complain
    la lucha de cada día the daily struggle
    buenos días or ( RPl) buen día good morning
    día a día lo veía envejecer day by day she saw him getting older
    le entregaba día a día una cantidad determinada he gave her a certain amount of money every day o daily o on a daily basis
    día tras día day after day
    al día: ¿tienes el trabajo al día? is your work all up to date?
    estoy al día en los pagos I'm up to date with the payments
    está siempre al día con las noticias he's always well up on the news
    ponga al día su correspondencia bring your correspondence up to date
    ponerse al día con algo (con las noticias) to get up to date with sth; (con el trabajo) to catch up on sth
    el día a día the daily round o routine
    (de) tal día hará un año see if I/we care
    de un día para otro overnight, from one day to the next
    día y noche day and night, continually
    hoy en día nowadays, these days
    mantenerse al día to keep abreast of things, keep up to date
    todo el santo día all day long
    se pasa todo el santo día hablando por teléfono he's on the phone all day long, he spends the whole day on the phone
    2 (jornada) day
    trabajan cuatro días a la semana they work four days a week, they work a four-day week
    un día laborable de 8 horas an eight-hour working day
    (fecha): la reunión que tuvo lugar el día 17 the meeting which took place on the 17th
    empieza el día dos it starts on the second
    hasta el día 5 de junio until June fifth, until the fifth of June
    pan del día fresh bread, bread baked today
    vivir al día to live from hand to mouth
    orden2 (↑ orden (2)), menú
    Compuestos:
    day of reckoning
    el día de Año Nuevo New Year's Day
    day off
    weekday
    (de pedido) delivery date; (de trabajo, tarea) deadline; (de solicitudes) closing date
    el día de entrega de regalos es el 24 de diciembre the date for giving presents is December 24
    weekday
    day of atonement
    holiday
    ( Esp): el día de la Hispanidad Columbus Day; Día de la Raza (↑ día aa1)
    independence day
    Mother's Day
    ( AmL): el día de la raza Columbus Day
    el día del juicio final Judgment Day, the Day of Judgment
    (national) book day
    gay pride day
    el día del Señor the Lord's Day
    día del trabajo or de los trabajadores
    el día del trabajo or de los trabajadores Labor* day
    Día del Trabajo (↑ día aaaa1)
    ( Esp): el día de los difuntos All Souls' Day
    Día de todos los Santos or (in Spain) de los Difuntos or (in Latin America) de los Muertos (↑ día aaaaa1)
    (St) Valentine's Day
    December 28 ( day when people play practical jokes on each other), ≈ April Fool's Day Día de los (Santos) Inocentes (↑ día aaa1)
    ( AmL): el día de los muertos All Souls' Day
    Día de todos los Santos or (in Spain) de los Difuntos or (in Latin America) de los Muertos (↑ día aaaaa1)
    el día de San Valentín (St) Valentine's Day
    Día de todos los Santos or (in Spain) de los Difuntos or (in Latin America) de los Muertos (↑ día aaaaa1)
    (de carnet, licencia) expiration date ( AmE), expiry date ( BrE); (de intereses, letra, pago) due date; (de plazo) closing date
    día festivo or ( AmL tb) feriado
    public holiday
    working day
    working day
    school ( o college etc) day
    (sin trabajo) day off; (sin compromisos) free day
    sidereal day
    solar day
    calendar days
    duerme durante el día it sleeps during the day o daytime
    ya era de día it was already light o day
    al caer el día at dusk, at twilight
    nunca ve la luz del día he never sees the daylight
    en pleno día in broad daylight
    de día claro ( Chi); in broad daylight
    tienes que pasar por casa un día you must drop in sometime o some day o one day
    si un día te aburres y te quieres ir … if one day you get fed up and you want to leave …
    ya me lo agradecerás algún día you'll thank me for it one day
    el día que tengas hijos, sabrás lo que es when you have children of your own, you'll know just what it involves
    ¿cuándo será el día que te vea entusiasmada? when will I ever see you show some enthusiasm?
    si el plan se realiza algún día if the plan is ever put into effect, if the plan is one day put into effect
    lo haremos otro día we'll do it another o some other time
    un día de estos one of these days
    ¡hasta otro día! so long!, see you!
    ¡cualquier día! ( iró): podríamos invitarlos a cenar — ¡cualquier día! we could have them round for dinner — over my dead body!
    cualquier día vuelvo yo a prestarle el coche that's the last time I lend him the car, no way will I ever lend him the car again! ( colloq)
    quizás nos ofrece más dinero — ¡cualquier día! maybe he'll offer us more money — sure, and pigs might fly! ( iro)
    el día menos pensado when you least expect it
    en su día: compraremos las provisiones en su día we'll buy our supplies later on o in due course
    dio lugar a un gran escándalo en su día it caused a huge scandal in its day o time
    un buen día one fine day
    D días mpl (vida, tiempo) days (pl)
    tiene los días contados his days are numbered, he won't last long
    desde el siglo XVII hasta nuestros días from the 17th Century to the present day
    en días de tu bisabuelo back in your great-grandfather's day o time
    estar en sus días ( Méx fam); to have one's period
    hace un día nublado/caluroso it's a cloudy/hot day, it's cloudy/hot
    * * *

     

    día sustantivo masculino
    1


    día a día day by day;
    de or durante el día during the day;
    el día anterior the day before, the previous day;
    el día siguiente the next o the following day;
    trabaja doce horas por día she works twelve hours a day;
    un día sí y otro no or (AmL) día (de) por medio every other day, on alternate days;
    dentro de quince días in two weeks o (BrE) a fortnight;
    cada día every day;
    buenos días or (RPl) buen día good morning;
    al día: una vez al día once a day;
    estoy al día en los pagos I'm up to date with the payments;
    poner algo al día to bring sth up to date;
    ponerse al día con algo ( con noticias) to get up to date with sth;

    ( con trabajo) to catch up on sth;
    mantenerse al día to keep up to date;

    de un día para otro overnight;
    hoy en día nowadays, these days
    b) ( fecha):

    ¿qué día es hoy? what day is it today?;

    empieza el día dos it starts on the second;
    el día de Año Nuevo New Year's Day;
    día de los enamorados (St) Valentine's Day;
    día de los inocentes December 28, ≈ April Fool's Day;
    día de Reyes Epiphany;
    día festivo or (AmL) feriado public holiday;
    día laborable working day;
    día libre ( sin trabajo) day off;

    ( sin compromisos) free day
    2


    lo haremos otro día we'll do it some other time;
    un día de estos one of these days;
    ¡hasta otro día! so long!, see you!;
    el día menos pensado when you least expect it
    b)

    días sustantivo masculino plural (vida, tiempo) days (pl);

    tiene los días contados his days are numbered;
    hasta nuestros días (up) to the present day
    día sustantivo masculino day
    una vez al día, once a day
    (fecha) ¿qué día es hoy?, what's the date today?
    (estado del tiempo) hace buen/mal día, it's a nice/bad day o the weather is nice/bad today
    (periodo de luz diurna) daytime, daylight: duerme durante el día y trabaja por la noche, she sleeps during the daytime and works at night
    (momento, ocasión) el día que me toque la lotería, the day I win the lottery
    se lo diré otro día, I'll tell him some other day
    Día de la Madre, Mothers' Day
    día festivo, holiday
    día hábil/ laborable, working day
    día lectivo, school day
    día libre, free day, day off
    día natural, day
    ♦ Locuciones: al día, up to date
    día a día, day by day
    de día, by day, during daylight
    de un día para otro, overnight
    del día, fresh
    día y noche, twenty-four hours a day, constantly
    el día de mañana, in the future
    el otro día, the other day
    hoy (en) día, nowadays
    ' día' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - actual
    - ancha
    - ancho
    - anochecer
    - anterior
    - asueto
    - barriga
    - bastante
    - bocado
    - bregar
    - cada
    - caer
    - cascar
    - cháchara
    - comida
    - concebir
    - danza
    - de
    - dejar
    - descanso
    - desgraciada
    - desgraciado
    - después
    - despuntar
    - devenir
    - disgusto
    - dos
    - durante
    - encerrarse
    - encima
    - estar
    - fastidiarse
    - festiva
    - festivo
    - fiesta
    - fijar
    - flipar
    - flor
    - gay
    - golfa
    - golfo
    - gozosa
    - gozoso
    - hasta
    - histórica
    - histórico
    - hoy
    - infeliz
    - inocentada
    English:
    A
    - abreast
    - act up
    - adjourn
    - after
    - agenda
    - all
    - antisexist
    - any
    - April Fools' Day
    - aspire
    - average
    - bad
    - before
    - Boxing Day
    - bread
    - break
    - bright
    - brightness
    - by
    - carry over
    - catch up
    - Christmas Day
    - clear
    - clock
    - close
    - commute
    - coop up
    - crack
    - cranberry
    - cream
    - daily
    - date
    - dawn
    - day
    - day off
    - day shift
    - day trip
    - daylight
    - daytime
    - delightful
    - dinner
    - disastrous
    - do
    - doomsday
    - dream
    - entire
    - eruption
    - escape
    - event
    * * *
    día nm
    1. [periodo de tiempo] day;
    un día de campo a day out in the countryside;
    todos los días every day;
    tres veces al día three times a day;
    iremos unos días a la playa we're going to the seaside for a few days;
    el referéndum se celebrará el día 25 de abril the referendum will take place on 25 April;
    un día martes one Tuesday;
    me voy el día 8 I'm going on the 8th;
    me pagan el primer día de cada mes I get paid on the first of each month;
    ¿a qué día estamos? what day is it today?;
    al día siguiente (on) the following day;
    a los pocos días a few days later;
    al otro día the next day, the day after;
    el otro día the other day;
    un día sí y otro no every other day;
    Fam Hum Am
    día por medio every other day;
    algún día me lo agradecerás you'll thank me some day;
    tienes que venir por casa algún día you should come round some time o one day;
    ¡buenos días!, RP [m5]¡buen día! good morning!;
    un día me voy a enfadar one of these days I'm going to get angry;
    cualquier o [m5] un día de éstos one of these days;
    el día de mañana in the future;
    el día menos pensado… when you least expect it…;
    el día que se entere, nos mata when he finds out, he'll kill us;
    de día en día, día a día from day to day, day by day;
    se recuperó de un día a o [m5] para otro he recovered overnight o from one day to the next;
    día tras día, Méx [m5] día con día day after day;
    Méx Fam
    estar en sus días to be having one's period;
    este pan está seco, no es del día this bread's stale, it's not fresh;
    ha sido la noticia del día it was the news of the day;
    en su día: en su día te lo explicaré I'll explain it to you in due course;
    en su día les advertí que esa inversión sería imposible I told them at the time that the investment would be impossible;
    la pintura abstracta no fue valorada en su día in its day abstract art wasn't highly thought of;
    hoy (en) día these days, nowadays;
    hoy no es mi día, todo me sale mal it isn't my day today, I seem to be doing everything wrong;
    mañana será otro día tomorrow's another day;
    tener un buen/mal día to have a good/bad day;
    has estado todo el (santo) día protestando you've been complaining all day (long), you've spent the whole day complaining;
    no ha parado de llover en todo el (santo) día it hasn't stopped raining all day;
    Fam
    un día es un día this is a special occasion;
    Fam
    tener mis/tus/sus/etc.[m5] días: ¿qué tal es tu compañero de casa? – tiene sus días what's your flatmate like? – he has his moments;
    vivir al día to live from hand to mouth
    día de Año Nuevo New Year's Day; RP Fam el día del arquero when pigs learn to fly;
    día de asueto day off;
    día de ayuno holy day;
    Ferroc día azul = cheap day for rail travel in Spain; Esp día de la banderita Red Cross Day; RP día del canillita = day on which newspaper sellers do not work;
    día de colegio school day;
    día D D-day;
    día de descanso [en competición deportiva] rest day;
    Com día de deuda pay-by date; Esp Día de Difuntos All Souls' Day;
    día de los enamorados (St) Valentine's Day;
    día del espectador = day when some cinemas sell tickets at a discount;
    día festivo (public) holiday;
    día de fiesta holiday;
    RP Fam día del golero when pigs learn to fly; Com días de gracia days of grace;
    día de guardar holy day;
    día hábil working day, US workday;
    Día de la Hispanidad = day celebrating Columbus's landing in America [12 October], US ≈ Columbus Day;
    día de huelga day of action;
    Día de los Inocentes 28 December, ≈ April Fools' Day;
    el día del Juicio:
    Fam
    hasta el día del Juicio until doomsday;
    el Día del Juicio Final Judgement Day;
    día laborable working day, US workday;
    día lectivo school o teaching day;
    día libre day off;
    día de la madre Mother's Day;
    Am Día de los Muertos All Souls' Day;
    día del padre Father's Day;
    día de pago payday;
    Am día patrio national holiday [commemorating important historical event]; Am Día de la Raza = day commemorating Columbus's landing in America [12 October], US ≈ Columbus Day;
    Día de Reyes Epiphany [6 January, day on which children receive presents];
    Ferroc día rojo = day on which rail travel is more expensive in Spain;
    Día de San Valentín (St) Valentine's Day;
    RP día sándwich = day between a public holiday and a weekend, which is also taken as a holiday; Esp Día de los Santos Difuntos All Souls' Day;
    día señalado red-letter day;
    el Día del Señor Corpus Christi;
    Día de Todos los Santos All Saints' Day;
    día del trabajador Labour Day;
    día de trabajo working day, US workday;
    me pagan por día de trabajo I get paid for each day's work;
    día útil working day, US workday;
    día de vigilia day of abstinence
    2. [luz diurna] daytime, day;
    los días son más cortos en invierno the days are shorter in winter;
    al caer el día at dusk;
    al despuntar o [m5] romper el día at daybreak o dawn;
    día y noche day and night;
    en pleno día, a plena luz del día in broad daylight;
    de día in the daytime, during the day;
    es de día it's daytime;
    despierta, ya es de día wake up, it's morning o it's already light;
    hacer algo de día to do sth in the daytime o during the day;
    como el día a la noche: son tan parecidos como el día a la noche they are as like as chalk and cheese
    3. [tiempo atmosférico] day;
    un día lluvioso a rainy day;
    hacía un día caluroso/invernal it was a hot/wintry day;
    hace un día estupendo para pasear it's a lovely day for a walk, it's lovely weather for walking;
    hace buen/mal día it's a lovely/dismal day;
    mañana hará un mal día tomorrow the weather will be bad;
    ¿qué tal día hace? what's the weather like today?
    4.
    días [tiempo, vida] days;
    desde entonces hasta nuestros días from that time until the present;
    en los días de la República in the days of the Republic;
    en mis días in my day;
    en aquellos días no había televisión in those days we didn't have television;
    en aquellos días de felicidad in those happy times;
    terminó sus días en la pobreza he ended his days in poverty;
    no pasar los días por o [m5]para alguien: los días no pasan por o [m5] para ella she doesn't look her age;
    tener los días contados: el régimen/tigre de Bengala tiene los días contados the regime's/Bengal tiger's days are numbered
    5. [tanto, corriente]
    estar al día to be up to date;
    está al día de todo lo que ocurre en la región she's up to date with everything that's going on in the region;
    estamos al día de todos nuestros pagos we're up to date with all our payments;
    poner algo/a alguien al día to update sth/sb;
    ya me han puesto al día sobre la situación de la empresa they've already updated me o filled me in on the company's situation;
    tenemos que poner este informe al día we have to update this report o bring this report up to date;
    se ha puesto al día de los últimos acontecimientos he's caught up with the latest developments
    * * *
    m
    ¿qué día es hoy?, ¿a qué día estamos? what day is it today?;
    al día siguiente the following o next day, the day after;
    el otro día the other day;
    un día sí y otro no every other day;
    un día sí y otro también every day, day in day out;
    día por medio every other day;
    día tras día day after day;
    para otro from one day to the next;
    de día en día from day to day;
    todo el santo día all day long;
    todos los días every day;
    de hoy en ocho días a week from today o from now;
    a los pocos días a few days later;
    mañana será otro día tomorrow’s another day
    :
    al día up to date;
    poner al día update, bring up to date
    3
    :
    de día by day, during the day;
    ya es de día it’s light already;
    se hizo de día dawn o day broke;
    día y noche night and day;
    ¡buenos días! good morning!
    4
    :
    hace mal día tiempo it’s a nasty day
    5
    :
    algún día, un día some day, one day;
    un día de estos one of these days;
    un día es un día this is a special occasion;
    el día menos pensado when you least expect it;
    el día de mañana in the future, one day;
    el día a día the day-to-day routine;
    hoy en día nowadays;
    en su día in due course;
    tiene sus días contados his/her/its days are numbered;
    ¡hasta otro día! see you around!;
    del día pan fresh
    * * *
    día nm
    1) : day
    todos los días: every day
    2) : daytime, daylight
    de día: by day, in the daytime
    en pleno día: in broad daylight
    3)
    al día : up-to-date
    4)
    en su día : in due time
    * * *
    día n
    ¿qué día es hoy? what day is it today?
    2. (horas de luz) daytime / daylight

    Spanish-English dictionary > día

  • 3 αἰών

    αἰών, ῶνος, ὁ (Hom.+; gener. ‘an extended period of time’, in var. senses)
    a long period of time, without ref. to beginning or end,
    of time gone by, the past, earliest times, readily suggesting a venerable or awesome eld οἱ ἅγιοι ἀπʼ αἰῶνος προφῆται the holy prophets fr. time immemorial (cp. Hes., Theog. 609; Περὶ ὕψους 34, 4 τοὺς ἀπʼ αἰ. ῥήτορας; Cass. Dio 63, 20 τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰ. Ῥωμαίων; IMagnMai 180, 4; SIG index; Gen 6:4; Tob 4:12; Sir 14:17; 51:8; En 14:1; 99:14; Jos., Bell. 1, 12; Just., D. 11, 1) Lk 1:70; Ac 3:21; make known from of old Ac 15:18; πρὸ παντὸς τ. αἰ. before time began Jd 25a (for the combination with πᾶς cp. Sallust. 20 p. 36, 5 τὸν πάντα αἰῶνα=through all eternity); pl. πρὸ τῶν αἰ. 1 Cor 2:7 (cp. Ps 54:20 θεὸς ὁ ὑπάρχων πρὸ τῶν αἰ. [PGM 4, 3067 ἀπὸ τ. ἱερῶν αἰώνων]); ἐξ αἰ. since the beginning D 16:4 (Diod S 1, 6, 3; 3, 20, 2; 4, 83, 3; 5, 2, 3; Sext. Emp., Math. 9, 62; OGI 669, 61; Philo, Somn. 1, 19; Jos., Bell. 5, 442; Sir 1:4; SibOr Fgm. 1, 16 of God μόνος εἰς αἰῶνα κ. ἐξ αἰῶνος). W. neg. foll. ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος οὐκ ἠκούσθη never has it been heard J 9:32.
    of time to come which, if it has no end, is also known as eternity (so commonly in Gk. lit. Pla. et al.); εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα (since Isocr. 10, 62, also Diod S 1, 56, 1 εἰς τ. αἰ.=εἰς ἅπαντα τ. χρόνον; 4, 1, 4; SIG 814, 49 and OGI index VIII; POxy 41, 30=‘Long live the Caesars’; PGM 8, 33; 4, 1051 [εἰς αἰ.]; LXX; En 12:6; 102:3; PsSol 2:34, 37; ParJer 8:5; JosAs 15:3 εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα χρόνον 4:10 al. Jos., Ant. 7, 356 [εἰς αἰ.]) to eternity, eternally, in perpetuity: live J 6:51, 58; B 6:3; remain J 8:35ab; 12:34; 2 Cor 9:9 (Ps. 111:9); 1 Pt 1:23 v.l., 25 (Is 40:8); 1J 2:17; 2J 2; be with someone J 14:16. Be priest Hb 5:6; 6:20; 7:17, 21, 24, 28 (each Ps 109:4). Darkness reserved Jd 13. W. neg.=never, not at all, never again (Ps 124:1; Ezk 27:36 al.) Mt 21:19; Mk 3:29; 11:14; 1 Cor 8:13. ἕως αἰῶνος (LXX) 1 Cl 10:4 (Gen 13:15); Hv 2, 3, 3; Hs 9, 24, 4. In Johannine usage the term is used formulaically without emphasis on eternity (Lackeit [s. 4 below] 32f): never again thirst J 4:14; never see death 8:51f; cp. 11:26; never be lost 10:28; never (= by no means) 13:8. εἰς τὸν αἰ. τοῦ αἰῶνος (Ps 44:18; 82:18 al.) Hb 1:8 (Ps 44:7). ἕως αἰῶνος (LXX; PsSol 18:11) Lk 1:55 v.l. (for εἰς τὸν αἰ.); εἰς ἡμέραν αἰῶνος 2 Pt 3:18.—The pl. is also used (Emped., Fgm. 129, 6 αἰῶνες=generations; Theocr. 16, 43 μακροὺς αἰῶνας=long periods of time; Philod. περὶ θεῶν 3 Fgm. 84; Sext. Emp., Phys. 1, 62 εἰς αἰῶνας διαμένει; SibOr 3, 767; LXX, En; TestAbr B 7 p. 112, 3 [Stone p. 72].—B-D-F §141, 1), esp. in doxologies: εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας (Ps 60:5; 76:8) Mt 6:13 v.l.; Lk 1:33 (cp. Wsd 3:8); Hb 13:8. εἰς πάντας τοὺς αἰ. (Tob 13:4; Da 3:52b; En 9:4; SibOr 3, 50) Jd 25b. εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας to all eternity (cp. Ps 88:53) Ro 1:25; 9:5; 2 Cor 11:31. αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰ. Ro 11:36; ᾧ κτλ. 16:27 (v.l. αὐτῷ). τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰ. 1 Pt 5:11; more fully εἰς τοὺς αἰ. τῶν αἰώνων (Ps 83:5; GrBar 17:4; PGM 4, 1038; 22b, 15) for evermore in doxologies Ro 16:27 v.l.; Gal 1:5; Phil 4:20; 1 Ti 1:17; 2 Ti 4:18; Hb 13:21; 1 Pt 4:11; 5:11 v.l.; Rv 1:6, 18; 5:13; 7:12; 11:15 al. 1 Cl 20:12; 32:4; 38:4; 43:6; εἰς πάσας τὰς γενεὰς τοῦ αἰῶνος τῶν αἰ. Eph 3:21 (cp. Tob 1:4; 13:12; En 103:4; 104:5). Of God ὁ ζῶν εἰς τοὺς αἰ. (cp. Tob 13:2; Sir 18:1; Da 6:27 Theod.) Rv 4:9f; 10:6; 15:7; formulaically= eternal 14:11; 19:3; 20:10; 22:5.—κατὰ πρόθεσιν τῶν αἰώνων according to the eternal purpose Eph 3:11. All-inclusive ἀπὸ αἰώνων καὶ εἰς τ. αἰῶνας from (past) eternity to (future) eternity B 18:2 (cp. Ps 40:14 and Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 7, 401a, 16 ἐξ αἰῶνος ἀτέρμονος εἰς ἕτερον αἰῶνα; M. Ant. 9, 28, 1 ἐξ αἰῶνος εἰς αἰῶνα; SibOr Fgm. 1, 16 of God μόνος εἰς αἰῶνα κ. ἐξ αἰῶνος).
    a segment of time as a particular unit of history, age
    ὁ αἰὼν οὗτος (הָעוֹלָם הַזֶּה) the present age (nearing its end) (Orig., C. Cels. 1, 13, 15, in ref. to 1 Cor 3:18; s. Bousset, Rel. 243ff; Dalman, Worte 120ff; Schürer II 537f; NMessel, D. Einheitlichkeit d. jüd. Eschatol. 1915, 44–60) contrasted w. the age to come (Philo and Joseph. do not have the two aeons) Mt 12:32. A time of sin and misery Hv 1, 1, 8; Hs 3:1ff; ending of Mk in the Freer ms. 2; ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰ. (v.l. + τούτου) the cares of the present age Mt 13:22; pl. cp. Mk 4:19. πλοῦτος earthly riches Hv 3, 6, 5. ματαιώματα vain, futile things Hm 9:4; Hs 5, 3, 6. πραγματεῖαι m 10, 1, 4. ἐπιθυμία m 11:8; Hs 6, 2, 3; 7:2; 8, 11, 3. πονηρία Hs 6, 1, 4. ἀπάται Hs 6, 3, 3 v.l. οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰ. τούτου the children of this age, the people of the world (opp. children of light, enlightened ones) Lk 16:8; 20:34.—The earthly kingdoms βασιλεῖαι τοῦ αἰ. τούτου IRo 6:1. συσχηματίζεσθαι τῷ αἰ. τούτῳ be conformed to this world Ro 12:2. As well as everything non-Christian, it includes the striving after worldly wisdom: συζητητὴς τοῦ αἰ. τούτου searcher after the wisdom of this world 1 Cor 1:20. σοφία τοῦ αἰ. τούτου 2:6. ἐν τῷ αἰ. τούτῳ 3:18 prob. belongs to what precedes=those who consider themselves wise in this age must become fools (in the estimation of this age). The ruler of this age is the devil: ὁ θεὸς τοῦ αἰ. τούτου 2 Cor 4:4 (θεός 5). ἄρχων τοῦ αἰ. τούτου IEph 17:1; 19:1; IMg 1:3; ITr 4:2; IRo 7:1; IPhld 6:2; his subordinate spirits are the ἄρχοντες τοῦ αἰ. τούτου 1 Cor 2:6, 8 (ἄρχων 1c).—Also ὁ νῦν αἰών (Did., Gen. 148, 21): πλούσιοι ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰ. 1 Ti 6:17; ἀγαπᾶν τὸν νῦν αἰ. 2 Ti 4:10; Pol 9:2. Cp. Tit 2:12. Or (Orig., C. Cels. 2, 42, 30) ὁ αἰ. ὁ ἐνεστώς the present age Gal 1:4 (cp. SIG 797, 9 [37 A.D.] αἰῶνος νῦν ἐνεστῶτος). The end of this period (cp. SibOr 3, 756 μέχρι τέρματος αἰῶνος) συντέλεια (τοῦ) αἰ. Mt 13:39f, 49; 24:3; 28:20 (cp. TestJob 4:6; TestBenj 11:3; JRobinson, Texts and Studies V introd. 86). συντέλεια τῶν αἰ. Hb 9:26; on GMary 463, 1 s. καιρός end.
    ὁ αἰὼν μέλλων (הָעוֹלָם הַבָּא) the age to come, the Messianic period (on the expr. cp. Demosth. 18, 199; Hippocr., Ep. 10, 6 ὁ μ. αἰ.=the future, all future time; Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 310 D.: ἡ τοῦ παρελθόντος χρόνου μνεία κ. ὁ τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος λόγος; Jos., Ant. 18, 287; Ar. 15, 3; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 24, 20; Did., Gen. 164, 2) in 2 Cl 6:3, cp. Hs 4:2ff, opposed to the αἰὼν οὗτος both in time and quality, cp. Mt 12:32; Eph 1:21; δυνάμεις μέλλοντος αἰ. Hb 6:5. Also αἰ. ἐκεῖνος: τοῦ αἰ. ἐκείνου τυχεῖν take part in the age to come Lk 20:35. ὁ αἰ. ὁ ἐρχόμενος Mk 10:30; Lk 18:30; Hs 4:2, 8. ὁ αἰ. ὁ ἐπερχόμενος Hv 4, 3, 5: pl. ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσιν τοῖς ἐπερχομένοις in the ages to come Eph 2:7. As a holy age ὁ ἅγιος αἰ. (opp. οὗτος ὁ κόσμος; cp. εἰς τὸν μείζονα αἰ. TestJob 47:3) B 10:11 and as a time of perfection αἰ. ἀλύπητος an age free from sorrow 2 Cl 19:4 (cp. αἰ. … τοῦ ἀπαραλλάκτου TestJob 33:5), while the present αἰών is an ‘aeon of pain’ (Slav. Enoch 65, 8).—The plurals 1 Cor 10:11 have been explained by some as referring to both ages, i.e. the end-point of the first and beginning of the second; this view urges that the earliest Christians believed that the two ages came together during their own lifetimes: we, upon whom the ends of the ages have come (JWeiss. A Greek would not refer to the beginning as τέλος. The Gordian knot has οὔτε τέλος οὔτε ἀρχή: Arrian, Anab. 2, 3, 7). But since τὰ τέλη can also mean ‘end’ in the singular (Ael. Aristid. 44, 17 K.=17 p. 406 D.: σώματος ἀρχαὶ κ. τέλη=‘beginning and end’; 39 p. 737 D.: τὰ τέλη … δράματος; Longus 1, 23, 1 ms. ἦρος τέλη; Vi. Thu. 2, 2 [=OxfT ΘΟΥΚΥΔΙΔΟΥ ΒΙΟΣ 2] τέλη τοῦ πολέμου; Aëtius, Eye Diseases p. 120, 25 Hirschb. after Galen: τὰ τέλη τ. λόγου=the close of the section; Philo, Virt. 182) and, on the other hand, the pl. αἰῶνες is often purely formal (s. above 1a and b, 2a at end) τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰ. can perh. be regarded as equal to τέλος αἰώνων (SibOr 8, 311)=the end of the age(s). Cp. TestLevi 14:1 ἐπὶ τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰώνων.—For the essential equivalence of sing. and pl. cp. Maximus Tyr. 14, 8b τὰ τῆς κολακείας τέλη beside τέλος τῆς σπουδῆς. Cp. also τέλος 5.
    the world as a spatial concept, the world (αἰ. in sg. and pl. [B-D-F §141, 1]: Hippocr., Ep. 17, 34; Diod S 1, 1, 3 God rules ἅπαντα τὸν αἰῶνα; Ael. Aristid. 20, 13 K.=21 p. 434 D.: ἐκ τοῦ παντὸς αἰῶνος; Maximus Tyr. 11, 5e; IAndrosIsis, Cyrene 4 [103 A.D.] P. p. 129]; Ps 65:7; Ex 15:18 [cp. Philo, Plant. 47; 51]; Wsd 13:9; 14:6; 18:4; αἰῶνες οἱ κρείττονε Tat. 20:2) ApcPt 4:14. Created by God through the Son Hb 1:2; through God’s word 11:3. Hence God is βασιλεὺς τῶν αἰ. 1 Ti 1:17; Rv 15:3 (v.l. for ἐθνῶν); 1 Cl 61:2 (cp. PGM 12, 247 αἰώνων βασιλεῦ; Tob 13:7, 11, cp. AcPh 2 and 11 [Aa II/2, 2, 20 and 6, 9]); πατὴρ τῶν αἰ. 35:3 (cp. Just., A I, 41, 2; AcPh 144 [Aa II/2, 84, 9]); θεὸς τῶν αἰ. 55:6 (cp. Sir 36:17; ὁ θεὸς τοῦ αἰ.; En 1:4; PGM 4, 1163; TSchermann, Griech. Zauber-pap 1909, 23; AcJ 82 [Aa II/1, 191, 24f]). But many of these pass. may belong under 2.
    the Aeon as a person, the Aeon (Rtzst., Erlösungsmyst. 268 index under Aion, Taufe 391 index; Epict. 2, 5, 13 οὐ γάρ εἰμι αἰών, ἀλλʼ ἄνθρωπος=I am not a being that lasts forever, but a human being [and therefore I know that whatever is must pass away]; Mesomedes 1, 17=Coll. Alex. p. 197, 17; Simplicius in Epict. p. 81, 15 οἱ αἰῶνες beside the μήτηρ τῆς ζωῆς and the δημιουργός; En 9:4 κύριος τ. κυρίων καὶ θεὸς τ. θεῶν κ. βασιλεὺς τ. αἰώνων; PGM 4, 520; 1169; 2198; 2314; 3168; 5, 468; AcPh 132 [Aa II/2, 63, 5]; Kephal. I p. 24, 6; 45, 7) ὁ αἰ. τοῦ κόσμου τούτου Eph 2:2. The secret hidden from the Aeons Col 1:26; Eph 3:9 (Rtzst., Erlösungsmyst. 235f); IEph 19:2 (Rtzst. 86, 3); cp. 8:1 (Rtzst. 236, 2). Various other meanings have been suggested for these passages.—CLackeit, Aion I, diss. Königsbg. 1916; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 426–32; HJunker, Iran. Quellen d. hellenist. Aionvorstellung: Vortr. d. Bibl. Warburg I 1923, 125ff; ENorden, D. Geburt des Kindes 1924; MZepf, D. Gott Αιων in d. hellenist. Theologie: ARW 25, 1927, 225–44; ANock, HTR 27, 1934, 78–99=Essays I, ’72, 377–96; RLöwe, Kosmos u. Aion ’35; EOwen, αἰών and αἰώνιος: JTS 37, ’36, 265–83; 390–404; EJenni, Das Wort ˓ōlām im AT: ZAW 64, ’52, 197–248; 65, ’53, 1–35; KDeichgräber, RGG I3 193–95; HSasse, RAC I 193–204; MNilsson, Die Rel. in den gr. Zauberpapyri, K. humanist. Vetenskapssamfundets Lund II ’47/48, 81f; GJennings, A Survey of αιων and αιωνιος and their meaning in the NT, ’48; GStadtmüller, Aion: Saeculum 2, ’51, 315–20 (lit.); EDegani, ΑΙΩΝ da Omero ad Aristotele ’61 (s. Classen, Gnomon 34, ’62, 366–70; D.’s reply in RivFil 91, ’63, 104–10); MTreu, Griech. Ewigkeitswörter, Glotta 43, ’65, 1–24; JBarr, Biblical Words for Time2 ’69; OCullman, Christus u. die Zeit3 ’62.—B. 13. EDNT. DDD s.v. Aion. DELG. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > αἰών

  • 4 πνεῦμα

    πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff).
    air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)
    wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).
    the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).
    that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen2 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.
    a part of human personality, spirit
    when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.
    as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).
    spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.
    an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).
    God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).
    good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.
    evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.
    God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.
    the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.
    the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.
    Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).
    β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.
    abs.
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).
    β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.
    The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.
    Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.
    The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.
    α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.
    β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.
    γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).
    δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.
    the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).
    πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.
    Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).
    The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.
    The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.
    One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.
    The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.
    an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.
    an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen2 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πνεῦμα

  • 5 espíritu

    m.
    1 spirit, soul.
    2 mettle, courage, morale, spirit.
    3 ghost, spirit.
    4 Spirit, Ghost.
    * * *
    1 (gen) spirit
    2 (alma) soul, spirit
    3 (fantasma) ghost, spirit
    4 (licores) spirits plural
    5 figurado (idea central) spirit, essence, soul
    \
    exhalar el espíritu to give up the ghost
    ser pobre de espíritu to be poor in spirit
    el espíritu de la ley the spirit of the law
    el Espíritu Santo the Holy Ghost
    espíritu de cuerpo esprit de corps
    espíritu de vino purified alcohol
    espíritu deportivo sportsmanship
    grandeza de espíritu noble-heartedness
    * * *
    noun m.
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=lo inmaterial) spirit
    2) [de persona] (=mente) mind
    3) (Rel) spirit

    Espíritu Santo — Holy Ghost, Holy Spirit

    4) (=aparecido) spirit, ghost
    5) (=alcohol) spirits pl, liquor
    * * *
    1) (alma, ser inmaterial) spirit

    entregar el espíritu — (euf) to pass away (euph)

    2)
    a) (disposición, actitud) spirit
    b) (naturaleza, carácter) nature
    3) (valor, ánimo) spirit
    4) ( esencia) spirit
    * * *
    = soul, spirit, ghost, phantom, phantasm.
    Ex. I would venture to guess that he would have characterized these suggestions as the eructation of unhealthy souls'.
    Ex. So, in the bicentennial spirit here's a three-point bill of particulars or grievances (in addition to what was mentioned previously with respect to offensive or unauthentic terms).
    Ex. Some authors, of course, object to their work being subjected to compulsory dissection for exams in the traditional deadly manner and like Bernard Shaw, they swear to haunt anyone who so mistreats them (Shaw's ghost must be busy these days).
    Ex. The phantoms of the book's name are those sensed by amputees who have vividfeeling, even pain, in limbs they know are gone.
    Ex. Fourniret is a dangerous man obnubilated by the phantasm of virginity.
    ----
    * alimentar el espíritu = refresh + the spirit.
    * capturar el espíritu = capture + the spirit.
    * casa frecuentada por los espíritus = haunted house.
    * con un espíritu de = in a spirit of.
    * de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.
    * de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.
    * de espíritu libre = free-spirited.
    * el espíritu de la época = the spirit of the times.
    * espíritu combativo = fighting spirit.
    * espíritu corporativo = esprit-de-corps.
    * espíritu critico = critical spirit.
    * espíritu de aventura = spirit of adventure.
    * espíritu de equipo = team spirit.
    * espíritu de la contradicción = contrary nature.
    * espíritu de la ley, el = spirit of the law, the.
    * espíritu deportivo = sportsmanship.
    * espíritu empresarial = entrepreneurship, business acumen.
    * espíritu fronterizo, el = frontier spirit, the.
    * espíritu humano, el = human soul, the, human spirit, the.
    * espíritu libre = free spirit.
    * espíritu molesto = poltergeist.
    * estar poseído por los espíritus = haunt.
    * fomento de espíritu de equipo = team building.
    * frecuentado por los espíritus = haunted.
    * la juventud no es cuestión de edad sino de espíritu = you are as old as you feel.
    * paz de espíritu = peace of mind.
    * plasmar el espíritu = capture + the spirit.
    * poseído por los espíritus = haunted.
    * quebrantar el espíritu de Alguien = break + Posesivo + spirit.
    * que levanta el espíritu = uplifting.
    * * *
    1) (alma, ser inmaterial) spirit

    entregar el espíritu — (euf) to pass away (euph)

    2)
    a) (disposición, actitud) spirit
    b) (naturaleza, carácter) nature
    3) (valor, ánimo) spirit
    4) ( esencia) spirit
    * * *
    = soul, spirit, ghost, phantom, phantasm.

    Ex: I would venture to guess that he would have characterized these suggestions as the eructation of unhealthy souls'.

    Ex: So, in the bicentennial spirit here's a three-point bill of particulars or grievances (in addition to what was mentioned previously with respect to offensive or unauthentic terms).
    Ex: Some authors, of course, object to their work being subjected to compulsory dissection for exams in the traditional deadly manner and like Bernard Shaw, they swear to haunt anyone who so mistreats them (Shaw's ghost must be busy these days).
    Ex: The phantoms of the book's name are those sensed by amputees who have vividfeeling, even pain, in limbs they know are gone.
    Ex: Fourniret is a dangerous man obnubilated by the phantasm of virginity.
    * alimentar el espíritu = refresh + the spirit.
    * capturar el espíritu = capture + the spirit.
    * casa frecuentada por los espíritus = haunted house.
    * con un espíritu de = in a spirit of.
    * de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.
    * de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.
    * de espíritu libre = free-spirited.
    * el espíritu de la época = the spirit of the times.
    * espíritu combativo = fighting spirit.
    * espíritu corporativo = esprit-de-corps.
    * espíritu critico = critical spirit.
    * espíritu de aventura = spirit of adventure.
    * espíritu de equipo = team spirit.
    * espíritu de la contradicción = contrary nature.
    * espíritu de la ley, el = spirit of the law, the.
    * espíritu deportivo = sportsmanship.
    * espíritu empresarial = entrepreneurship, business acumen.
    * espíritu fronterizo, el = frontier spirit, the.
    * espíritu humano, el = human soul, the, human spirit, the.
    * espíritu libre = free spirit.
    * espíritu molesto = poltergeist.
    * estar poseído por los espíritus = haunt.
    * fomento de espíritu de equipo = team building.
    * frecuentado por los espíritus = haunted.
    * la juventud no es cuestión de edad sino de espíritu = you are as old as you feel.
    * paz de espíritu = peace of mind.
    * plasmar el espíritu = capture + the spirit.
    * poseído por los espíritus = haunted.
    * quebrantar el espíritu de Alguien = break + Posesivo + spirit.
    * que levanta el espíritu = uplifting.

    * * *
    A
    1 (alma) spirit
    estaré contigo en espíritu I'll be with you in spirit
    entregar el espíritu ( euf); to pass away ( euph)
    un espíritu maligno an evil spirit
    en la casa habitaban espíritus the house was haunted
    el espíritu del rey asesinado the ghost of the murdered king
    invocar a los espíritus to invoke o raise the spirits
    Compuesto:
    Holy Ghost o Spirit
    B
    1 (disposición, actitud) spirit
    lo hizo sin ningún espíritu de revancha he didn't do it out of any desire for revenge
    con gran espíritu de sacrificio in a spirit of great self-sacrifice
    levantarle el espíritu a algn to lift sb's spirits
    2 (naturaleza, carácter) nature
    tiene un espíritu rebelde she has a rebellious nature
    Compuestos:
    esprit de corps
    team spirit
    fighting spirit
    C (valor, ánimo) spirit
    D (esencia) spirit
    el espíritu de la ley the spirit of the law
    eres el espíritu de la contradicción you just have to be different!
    Compuesto:
    spirits of wine (pl), alcohol
    * * *

     

    espíritu sustantivo masculino


    Eespíritu Santo Holy Ghost o Spirit;
    con espíritu de sacrificio in a spirit of self-sacrifice;
    el espíritu de la ley the spirit of the law
    b) (naturaleza, carácter) nature;


    espíritu sustantivo masculino
    1 spirit: es un espíritu inquieto, he has a restless nature
    espíritu maligno, evil spirit
    (ánimo) hazlo con otro espíritu, do it in another frame of mind
    ♦ Locuciones: levantar el espíritu a alguien, to cheer sb up
    2 Rel (alma) soul
    el Espíritu Santo, the Holy Ghost
    el espíritu de su padre le habló, his father's ghost spoke to him
    ♦ Locuciones: exhalar el espíritu, to give up the ghost
    ' espíritu' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    empresarial
    - encima
    - espectro
    - alma
    - animar
    - ánimo
    - combativo
    - competición
    - comunitario
    - duende
    - elevar
    - enriquecer
    - espanto
    - formar
    - guerrero
    English:
    enterprise
    - evil
    - fight
    - ghost
    - lighten
    - mean
    - mind
    - morale
    - poltergeist
    - spirit
    - unhelpfulness
    - competitiveness
    - holy
    - sport
    - sportsmanship
    - team
    - up
    - white
    * * *
    1. [mente, alma] spirit;
    Rel soul espíritu maligno evil spirit;
    Espíritu Santo Holy Spirit o Ghost
    2. [fantasma] ghost;
    se nos apareció el espíritu del conde the ghost of the Count appeared to us;
    3. [actitud] spirit;
    fue un hombre de espíritu aventurero he was a man with an adventurous spirit;
    ser el espíritu de la contradicción, tener espíritu de contradicción to be contrary
    espíritu deportivo sporting spirit;
    espíritu de equipo team spirit;
    espíritu de lucha fighting spirit;
    espíritu de sacrificio spirit of sacrifice;
    espíritu de venganza desire for vengeance;
    4. [carácter] spirit;
    siempre tuvo un espíritu juvenil she was always young at heart, she always had a youthful spirit;
    el espíritu de la época the spirit of the age;
    el espíritu de la ley the spirit of the law
    5. [ánimo]
    ¡cómo quieres aprobar con ese espíritu! how do you expect to pass if you feel like that!;
    levantar el espíritu to cheer up;
    levantar el espíritu a alguien to lift o raise sb's spirits
    6. Quím spirit;
    espíritu de sal/de vino spirits of salt/of wine
    * * *
    m
    1 spirit;
    ser el espíritu de la contradicción be very contrary, be a contrary old buzzard fam
    2 REL
    :
    el Espíritu Santo the Holy Ghost, the Holy Spirit
    * * *
    1) : spirit
    2) ánimo: state of mind, spirits pl
    3)
    el Espíritu Santo : the Holy Ghost
    * * *
    espíritu n spirit

    Spanish-English dictionary > espíritu

  • 6 देव _dēva

    देव a. (
    -वी f.) [दिव्-अच्]
    1 Divine, celestial; Bg.11. 11; Ms.12.117.
    -2 Shining; यज्ञस्य देवमृत्विजम् Rv.1.1.1.
    -3 Fit to be worshipped or honoured.
    -वः 1 A god, deity; एको देवः केशवो वा शिवो वा Bh.3.12.
    -2 (a) The god of rain, an epithet of Indra; as in द्वादश वर्षाणि देवो न ववर्ष; अवर्षयद्देवः Rām.1.9.18; काले च देशे च प्रववर्ष देवः Bu. Ch.2.7. (b) A cloud.
    -3 A divine man, Brāhmaṇa, as in भूदेव.
    -4 A king, ruler, as in मनुष्यदेव; तां देवसमितिं (अभ्या- गच्छत्) Mb.3.13.22.
    -5 A title affixed to the names of Bārhmaṇas; as in गोविन्ददेव, पुरुषोत्तमदेव &c.
    -6 (In dramas) A title of honour used in addressing a king, ('My lord', 'Your majesty'); ततश्च देव Ve.4; यथाज्ञापयति देवः &c.
    -7 Quicksilver.
    -8 The Supreme Spirit; हित्वा च देहं प्रविशन्ति देवं दिवौकसो द्यामिव पार्थ सांख्याः Mb.12.31.112.
    -9 A fool
    -1 A child.
    -11 A man following any particular business.
    -12 A lover.
    -13 Emulation.
    -14 Sport, play.
    -15 A husband's brother (cf. देवृ, देवर).
    -16 A lancer.
    -वम् An organ of sense; देवानां प्रभवो देवो मनसश्च त्रिलोककृत् Mb.14.41.3. [cf. L. deus; Gr. deos.].
    -Comp. -अंशः a partial incarnation of god.
    -अगारः, -रम् a temple.
    -अङ्गना a celestial damsel, an apsaras.
    -अतिदेवः, -अधिदेवः 1 the highest god.
    -2 an epithet of (1) Śiva. (2) Buddha. (3) Viṣṇu. देवातिदेवो भगवान् प्रसूतिरंशे हरिर्यस्य जगत्प्रणेता Hariv.
    -अधिपः 1 an epithet of Indra.
    -2 the supreme god.
    -अनीकम् an army of celestials.
    -अनुचरः, -अनुयायिन् m. an attendant or follower of a god; निशम्य देवानुचरस्य वाचं मनुष्यदेवः पुनरप्युवाच R.2.52.
    -अन्धस् n.,
    अन्नम् 1 the food of gods, divine food, ambrosia.
    -2 food that has been first offered to an idol; see Ms.5.7 and Kull. thereon.
    -अभीष्ट a.
    1 liked by or dear to gods.
    -2 sacred or dedicated to a deity. (
    -ष्टा) piper betel.
    -अरण्यम् the garden of gods, the Nandana gar- den; अलमुद्द्योतयामासुर्देवारण्यमिवर्तवः R.1.8.
    -अरिः a demon.
    -अर्चनम्, -ना 1 the worship of gods.
    -2 idolatry.
    -अर्पणम् 1 an offering to the god.
    -2 the Veda; पृथग्- भूतानि चान्यानि यानि देवार्पणानि च Mb.13.86.17 (see com.).
    -आवसथः a temple.
    -अश्वः an epithet of उच्चैःश्रवस्, the horse of Indra.
    -आक्रीडः 'the garden of the gods', Nandana garden.
    -आजीवः, -आजीविन् m. an attendant upon an idol.
    -2 a low Brāhmaṇa subsisting by attendance upon an idol and upon the offerings made to it.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 consecrated, holy, sacred.
    -2 of a divine nature. (-m.)
    1 the divine soul; ते ध्यानयोगानुगता$ पश्यन् देवात्मशक्तिं स्वगुणैर्निगूढाम् Śvet. Up.1.3.
    -2 the holy fig-tree.
    -आयतनम् a temple; Ms.4.46; न देवा- यतनं गच्छेत् कदाचिद् वा$प्रदक्षिणम् । न पीडयेद् वा वस्त्राणि न देवा- यतनेष्वपि ॥ Kūrma P.
    -आयुधम् 1 a divine weapon.
    -2 rainbow.
    -आयुष्म् the life-time of a god.
    -आलयः 1 heaven.
    -2 a temple.
    -आवासः 1 heaven.
    -2 the holy fig-tree (अश्वत्थ).
    -3 a temple.
    -4 the Sumeru mountain.
    -आहारः nectar, ambrosia.
    -इज् a. (nom. sing. देवेट्-ड्) worshipping the gods.
    -इज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, preceptor of the gods.
    -इज्जः 1 an epithet of Indra.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -इष्ट a. dear to gods. (
    -ष्टः) bdellium. (
    -ष्टा) the wild lime tree.
    -ईशः an epithet of (1) Indra. (2) Śiva. (3) Viṣṇu. (4) Brahman. (
    -शी) N. of Durgā also of Devakī mother of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -ईश्वरः N. of (1) Śiva. (2) Indra.
    -उद्यानम् 1 divine garden.
    -2 The Nandana garden.
    -3 a garden near a temple.
    -ऋषिः (देवर्षिः)
    1 a deified saint, divine sage such as अत्रि, भृगु, पुलस्त्य, अङ्गिरस् &c.; एवंवादिनि देवर्षौ Ku.6.84 (i. e. अङ्गिरस्); अथ देवऋषी राजन् संपरेतं नृपात्मजम् Bhāg.; आब्रह्मभुवनाल्लोका देवर्षिपितृमानवाः । तृप्यन्तु पितरः सर्वे मातृमातामहा- दयाः Tarpaṇamantra.
    -2 an epithet of Narada; देवर्षीणां च नारदः Bg.1.13.26.
    -ओकस् n. the mountain Meru or Sumeru.
    -कन्या a celestial damsel, a nymph; also देवकन्यका.
    -कर्दमाः sandal, aloe wood, camphor, saffron pounded together and made into a paste.
    -कर्मन् n.,
    -कार्यम् 1 a religious act or rite, divine command; अनुष्ठितदेवकार्यम् R.12.13.
    -2 the worship of gods.
    -काष्ठम् the Devadāru tree.
    -किरी N. of a Rāgiṇī; ललिता मालती गौरी नाटी देवकिरी तथा । मेघरागस्य रागिण्यो भवन्तीमाः सुमध्यमाः ॥
    -कुटम् a temple.
    -कुण़्डम् a natural spring.
    -कुलम् 1 a temple.
    -2 a race of gods.
    -3 a group of gods.
    -कुल्या the celestial Ganges.
    -कुसुमम् cloves; एलां च देवकुसुमं त्वक्पत्रं देवदारु च Śiva. B.3.14.
    -खातम्, -खातकम् 1 a natural hollow among moun- tains.
    -2 a natural pond or reservoir; Ms.4.23.
    -3 a pond near a temple. ˚बिल a cavern, chasm.
    -गणः a class of gods.
    -गणिका an apsaras; q. v.
    -गतिः the path of देवलोक; अनुज्ञातश्च रामेण ययौ देवगतिं मुनिः A. Rām. 2.1.4.
    -गन्धर्वः an epithet of Nārada. (
    -र्वम्) a particular mode of singing.
    -गर्जनम् thunder.
    -गर्भः see हिरण्यगर्भ; Rām.2.4.23.
    -गायनः a celestial choris- ter, a Gandharva.
    -गान्धारी N. of a Rāgiṇī गान्धारी देवगान्धारी मालवी श्रीश्च सारवी । रामकीर्यपि रागिण्यः श्रीरागस्य प्रिया इमाः ॥
    -गिरिः 1 N. of a mountain; cf. Me.44.
    -2 N. of a town (Daulatabad).
    -गिरी f. N. of a Rāgiṇī.
    -गुरुः 1 an epithet of Kaśyapa (the father of gods).
    -2 of Bṛihaspati (the preceptor of gods).
    -गुही an epithet of Sarasvatī or of a place situated on it.
    -गुह्यम् 1 a secret only known by gods.
    -2 death.
    -गृहम् 1 a temple.
    -2 the place of a king.
    -3 a planetary sphere.
    -ग्रहः a class of demons who causes harmless madness.
    -चरितम् the course of action or practices of the gods; न देवचरितं चरेत्.
    -चर्या the worship or service of gods.
    -चिकित्सकौ (du.) Aśvins, the twin physicians of gods.
    -छन्दः a pearl-necklace having 81, 1 or 18 strings; शतमष्टयुतं हारो देवच्छन्दो ह्यशीतिरेकयुता Bṛi. S.81.32.
    -जनः the gods collectively. ˚विद्या the science of music, dance, other arts &c.; Ch. Up.7.1.2.
    -जातम् a class of gods.
    -जामिः f. a sister of the gods; देवजामीनां पुत्रो$सि Av. 6.46.1.
    -तरुः 1 the holy fig-tree.
    -2 one of the trees of paradise. (i. e. मन्दार, पारिजात, सन्तान, कल्प and हरि- चन्दन); पञ्चैते देवतरवो मन्दारः पारिजातकः । सन्तानः कल्पवृक्षश्च पुंसि वा हरिचन्दनम् ॥ Ak.
    -3 the tree in a village (चैत्यवृक्ष) where the villagers usually meet (Mar. पार).
    -तर्पणम् offerings of water, part of the सन्ध्या ceremony.
    -ताडः 1 fire.
    -2 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -तातः 1 a sacrifice.
    -2 N. of Kaśyapa.
    -तातिः 1 a god.
    -2 divine service; स नो यक्षद् देवताता यजीयान् Rv.3.19.1.
    -तीर्थम् 1 the right moment for the worship of gods.
    -2 the tips of the fingers sacred to gods.
    -दत्त a.
    1 god-given, grant- ed by the gods.
    -2 given to the gods (as a village, &c.).
    (-त्तः) 1 N. of the conch-shell of Arjuna; देवदत्तं धनञ्जयः (दध्मौ) Bg.1.15.
    -2 a certain person (used in speaking of men indefinitely); मुक्तस्ततो यदि बन्धाद्देवदत्त उपाच्छिनत्ति Bhāg.5.14.24; देवदत्तः पचति, पिनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते &c.
    -3 one of the vital airs exhaled in yawning; देवदत्तो विजृम्भणे. ˚अग्रजः N. of Buddha.
    -दर्शन a. visiting the gods. (
    -नः) N. of Nārada; यथा प्राह नारदो देवदर्शनः Bhāg.2.8.1.
    -दारु m., n. a species of pine; गङ्गाप्रवाहोक्षित- देवदारु Ku.1.54; R.2.36.
    -दासः a servant or attendant upon a temple.
    (-सी) 1 a female in the service of gods or a temple.
    -2 a courtezan (employed as a dancer in a temple).
    -3 the wild citron tree.
    -दीपः the eye.
    -दुन्दुभिः 1 divine drum; देवदुन्दुभिनिर्घोषो पुष्पवृष्टिश्च खात् पतन् Rām.
    -2 the holy basil with red flowers.
    -3 an epi- thet of Indra.
    -दूतः a divine envoy or messenger, an angel.
    -देवः 1 an epithet of Brahman; Rām.1.43.1.
    -2 of Śiva; अयाचितारं न हि देवदेवमद्रिः सुतां ग्राहयितुं शशाक Ku.1.52.
    -3 of Viṣṇu; Bg.1.15.
    -4 of Gaṇeśa; दृष्टप्रभावो वरदो देवदेवो विनायकः Ks.2.55.
    -दैवत्य a. destined for the god; Ms.2.189.
    -द्रोणी a procession with idols.
    -धर्मः a religious duty or office.
    -धानी the city of Indra; तां देवधानीं स वरुथिनीपतिर्बहिः समन्ताद्रुरुधे पृतन्यया Bhāg. 8.15.23.
    -धान्यम् a kind of grass-grain (Mar. देवभात).
    -धिष्ण्यम् a chariot of the gods (विमान); Bhāg.1. 82.7.
    -नक्षत्रम् N. of the first 14 नक्षत्रs in the southern quarter (opp. to यमनक्षत्रम्).
    -नदी 1 the Ganges.
    -2 any holy river; Ms.2.17.
    -नन्दिन् m. N. of the door- keeper of Indra.
    -2 N. of a grammarian.
    -नागरी N. of the character in which Sanskrit is usually written.
    -नाथः Śiva.
    -निकायः 1 'residence of gods', paradise, heaven; तं तुष्टुवुर्देवनिकायकेतवः Bhāg.1.27.25.
    -2 a host or assembly of gods; Ms.1.36.
    -निन्दकः a blasphe- mer, unbeliever, heretic, atheist.
    -निन्दा heresy, athe- ism.
    -निर्माल्यम् 1 a garland remaining from a sacrifice.
    -निर्मित a. 'god-created', natural.
    -पतिः an epithet of Indra.
    -पादाः 'the royal feet or presence', an honorific term for a king; देवपादाः प्रमाणम्.
    -पथः 1 'heavenly passage', heaven, firmament दिव्यो देवपथो ह्येष नात्र गच्छन्ति मानुषाः Mb.
    -2 the milky way.
    -पशुः any animal con- secrated to a deity.
    -पात्रम् an epithet of Agni.
    -पुर्, -पुरी f. an epithet of Amarāvatī, the city of Indra.
    -पुरोहितः 1 a domestic priest of the gods.
    -2 the planet Jupiter (बृहस्पति).
    -पुष्पम् cloves.
    -पूज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati.
    -प्रतिकृतिः f.,
    -प्रतिमा an idol, the image of a deity.
    -प्रश्नः 'consulting deities', astrology, for- tune-telling.
    -प्रसूत a. good-produced (water); Av.6. 1.2.
    -प्रियः 'dear to the gods', an epithet of Śiva; (देवानांप्रियः an irreg. comp. meaning-
    1 a goat.
    -2 a fool, idiot like a brute breast, as in ते$प्यतात्पर्यज्ञा देवानांप्रियाः K. P.
    -3 an ascetic, who renounces the world).
    -बलिः an oblation to the gods.
    -बाहुः 1 N. of a king in the Yadu race.
    -2 N. of a sage; देवबाहुः शतधनुः कृतवर्मेति तत्सुताः Bhāg.
    -ब्रह्मन् m. an epithet of Nārada.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a Brāhmaṇa who lives on the proceeds of a temple.
    -2 a venerable Brāhmaṇa.
    -भक्तिः worship or service of the gods.
    -भवनम् 1 the heaven.
    -2> a temple.
    -3 the holy fig-tree.
    -भागः the northern hemisphere.
    - m. a god; (-f.) heaven.
    -भूमिः f. heaven; पितुः प्रदेशा- स्तव देवभूमयः Ku.5.45.
    -भूतिः f. an epithet of the Ganges.
    -भूयम् divinity, godhead; विदितमेव भवतां...... परां निर्वृतिमुपेत्य देवभूयं गताः सर्वे न पूर्वपुरुषा इति Rām. Champū.
    -भृत् m. an epithet of
    1 Viṣṇu.
    -2 of Indra.
    -भोगः Pleasure of the gods, heavenly joy; अन्नन्ति दिव्यान् दिवि देवभोगान् Bg.9.2.
    -भोज्यम् nectar.
    -मणिः 1 the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ.
    -2 the sun.
    -3 a curl of hair on a horse's neck; आवर्तिनः शुभफल- प्रदशुक्तियुक्ताः संपन्नदेवमणयो भृतरन्ध्रभागाः (अश्वाः) Śi.5.4; N.1.58.
    -मधु n. divine honey; असौ वा आदित्यो देवमधु Ch. Up.3.1.1.
    -मातृ f. N. of Aditi, mother of gods.
    -मातृक a. 'having the god of rain or clouds as foster-mother', watered only by the clouds, depending on rain-water and not on irrigation, deprived of every other kind of water (as a country); देशो नद्यम्बुवृष्ट्यम्बु- संपन्नव्रीहिपालितः । स्यान्नदीमातृको देवमातृकश्च यथाक्रमम् ॥ Ak.; cf. also वितन्वति क्षेममदेवमातृकाः (i. e. नदीमातृकाः) चिराय तस्मिन् कुरवश्चकासते Ki.1. 17.
    -मानकः the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ.
    -माया the Māyā of gods; ते दुस्तराम- तितरन्ति च देवमायाम् Bhāg.
    -मार्गः the air or sky.
    -मासः the eighth month of pregnancy.
    -मुनिः a divine sage.
    -यजनम् 1 a sacrificial place, a place where a sacrifice is performed; ततस्ते देवयजनं ब्राह्मणाः स्वर्णलाङ्गलैः (कृष्ट्वा) Bhāg.1.74.12. देवयजनसंभवे सीते U.4.
    -2 a place of worship; मण्डलं देवयजनं दीक्षासंस्कार आत्मनः Bhāg.12.11.17.
    -यजि a. making oblations to gods.
    -यज्ञः a sacrifice to the superior gods made by oblations to fire, or through fire to the gods; (one of the five daily sacri- fices of a Brāhmaṇa; see Ms.3.81,85 and पञ्चयज्ञ also).
    -यज्यम्, -यज्या a sacrifice.
    -यात्रा 'an idol- procession,' any sacred festival when the idols are carried in procession; केनापि देवयात्रागतेन सिद्धादेशेन साधुना मत्समक्षमादिष्टा M.5.12-13.
    -यान bestowing मोक्ष; यज्ञस्य देवयानस्य मेध्याय हविषे नृप Bhāg.8.8.2.
    -नः the path leading to मोक्ष; सत्येन पन्था विततो देवयानः Muṇḍ.3.1.6.
    -यानम् a celestial car.
    -युगम् 1 the first of the four ages of the world; also called कृतयुग, सनत्कुमारो भगवान् पुरा देवयुगे प्रभुः Rām.1.11.11.
    -2 an age of the gods comprising four ages of men.
    -योनिः 1 a super- human being, a demigod; विद्याधरो$प्सरोयक्षरक्षोगन्धर्वकिन्नराः । पिशाचो गुह्यकः सिद्धो भूतो$मी देवयोनयः ॥ Ak.
    -2 a being of divine origin.
    -3 fuel used in kindling fire (f. also).
    -योषा an apsaras.
    -रथः a car for carrying the image of god in procession.
    -थम् a day's journey for the sun's chariot.
    -रहस्यम् a divine mystery.
    -राज्, -राजः 1 an epithet of Indra; Rām.7.6.6.
    -2 a king.
    -3 N. of Buddha.
    -रातः 1 an epithet of Parīkṣit.
    -2 a kind of swan or crane.
    -राष्ट्रम् N. of an empire in the Deccan.
    -लक्ष्मम् the Brāhmanical cord.
    -लता the Navamallikā or double jasmine plant.
    -लिङ्गम् the image or statue of a deity; Bhāg.3.17.13.
    -लोकः heaven, paradise; देवलोकस्य चर्त्विजः (प्रभुः) Ms.4.182.
    -वक्त्रम् an epithet of fire.
    -वर्त्मन् n. the sky or atmosphere.
    -वर्धकिः, -शिल्पिन् m. Viśvakarman, the architect of gods.
    -वाणी 'divine voice', a voice from heaven.
    -वाहनः an epithet of Agni.
    -विद्या 1 divine science; Ch. Up.7.1.2.
    -2 the science of Nirukta or etymology; ibid.
    -विभागः the northern hemisphere.
    -विश् f.,
    -विशा a deity.
    -वीतिः food of the gods.
    -वृक्षः the Mandāra tree.
    -व्यचस् a. Ved. occupied by the gods.
    -व्रतम् 1 a religious observance, any religious vow.
    -2 the favourite food of the gods. (
    -तः) an epithet of
    1 Bhīṣma; ततो विनशनं प्रागाद्यत्र देवव्रतो$पतत् Bhāg.1.9.1.
    -2 Kārtikeya.
    -व्रतत्वम् celibacy (ब्रह्मचारिव्रत); देवव्रतत्वं विज्ञाप्य Mb.5.172.19.
    -शत्रुः a demon; स देवशत्रूनिव देवराजः Mb.
    -शुनी an epithet of Saramā, the bitch of the gods.
    -शेखर the damanaka tree (Mar. दवणा).
    -शेषम् the remnants of a sacrifice offered to gods.
    -श्रीः m. a sacrifice. (f.) Lakṣmī.
    -श्रुतः an epithet of
    1 Viṣṇu.
    -2 Nārada.
    -3 a sacred treatise.
    -4 a god in general.
    -संसद् f. देवसभा q. v.
    -सत्यम् divine truth, established order of the gods.
    -संध a. divine.
    -सभा 1 an assembly of the gods (सुधर्मन्).
    -2 a council of a king, council-chamber.
    -3 a gambling-house.
    -सभ्यः 1 a gambler.
    -2 a fre- quenter of gaming-houses.
    -3 an attendant on a deity.
    -4 the keeper of a gambling-house.
    -सहा 1 rules of begging alms (? भिक्षासूत्र); L. D. B.
    -2 N. of a plant.
    -सायुज्यम् identification or unification with a deity, conjunction with the gods, deification.
    -सिंह an epithet of Śiva.
    -सुषिः a tube or cavity (in the heart) leading to the gods; cf. उदान, तस्य ह वा एतस्य हृदयस्य पञ्च देवसुषयः Ch. Up.3.13.1.
    -सू N. of 8 deities (अग्नि, सोम, सवितृ, रुद्र, बृहस्पति, इन्द्र, मित्र and वरुण).
    -सृष्टा an intoxicating drink.
    -सेना 1 the army of gods.
    -2 N. of the wife of Skanda; स्कन्देन साक्षादिव देवसेनाम् R.7.1. (Malli.:-- देवसेना = स्कन्दपत्नी perhaps it merely means 'the army of the gods' personified as Skanda's wife). ˚पतिः, ˚प्रियः an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -स्वम् 'property of gods', property applicable to religious purposes or endowments; यद्धनं यज्ञशीलानां देवस्वं तद्विदु- र्बुधाः Ms.11.2,26. ˚अपहरणम् sacrilege.
    -सावर्णिः the 13th Manu; मनुस्त्रयोदशो भाव्यो देवसावर्णिरात्मवान् Bhāg. 8.13.3.
    -हविस् n. an animal offered to gods at a sacrifice.
    -हिंसकः an enemy of gods.
    -हूः the left ear; Bhāg.4.25.51.
    -हूतिः f.
    1 invocation of the gods.
    -2 N. of a daughter of Manu Svāyambhuva and wife of Kardama.
    -हेडनम् an offence against the gods.
    -हेतिः a divine weapon.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > देव _dēva

  • 7 Geist

    m; -(e)s, -er
    1. nur Sg.; (Verstand) mind; (Intellekt) intellect; (Sinn, Gemüt) mind; (Witz) wit; (Seele) spirit; Geist und Körper mind and body, body and spirit; Mann von Geist man of wit; vor Geist sprühen oder seinen Geist sprühen lassen scintillate; den oder seinen Geist aushauchen geh. euph. (sterben) give up the ghost; den Geist aufgeben umg. (kaputtgehen) give up the ghost, conk out; das / er geht mir auf den Geist umg. it / he really gets on my nerves, it’s / he’s driving me crazy; im Geiste in one’s mind’s eye; im Geiste sah sie sich schon als Siegerin she already imagined ( oder saw) herself as the winner; wir werden im Geiste bei euch sein we will be with you in spirit; der Geist ist willig, aber das Fleisch ist schwach the spirit is willing but the flesh is weak
    2. nur Sg.; (Einstellung) spirit; (Verfassung) morale; (Atmosphäre) atmosphere, vibes Pl. umg.; der olympische Geist the Olympic spirit; der Geist des Christentums etc. the spirit of Christianity etc.; es herrschte ein kameradschaftlicher Geist there was a comradely spirit; in jemandes Geiste handeln act in the spirit of s.o.; daran sieht man, wes Geistes Kind er ist it says a lot about him
    3. überirdischer: spirit; (Gespenst) ghost; (Erscheinung) apparition; ich glaube nicht an Geister I don’t believe in ghosts; böser Geist evil spirit, demon; der Böse Geist KIRCHL. the Evil One; hier geht ein Geist um this place is haunted; bist du denn von allen guten Geistern verlassen? are you out of your mind?, have you taken leave of your senses?; heilig
    4. fig. Person: großer Geist great mind ( oder thinker); kleiner Geist small-minded person; dienstbarer Geist umg., hum. (Dienstbote) servant, domestic treasure; jemandes guter Geist s.o.’s guiding light; sie ist der gute Geist der Abteilung she is the moving spirit in the department; sie ist ein unruhiger Geist she’s a restless person ( oder spirit), she can’t sit still for one moment, she’s up and down like a yoyo umg.; scheiden III
    * * *
    der Geist
    (Gespenst) specter; ghost; phantom; spectre;
    (Seele) animus; spirit;
    (Verstand) brains; intellect; mind;
    (Witz) wit
    * * *
    [gaist]
    m -(e)s, -er
    1) no pl (= Denken, Vernunft) mind

    der menschliche Géíst, der Géíst des Menschen — the human mind

    Géíst und Materie — mind and matter

    mit Géíst begabt — endowed with a mind

    "Phänomenologie des Géístes" — "Phenomenology of the Spirit"

    2) (REL = Seele, außerirdisches Wesen) spirit; (= Gespenst) ghost

    Géíst und Körper — mind and body

    seinen Géíst aufgeben or aushauchen (liter, iro)to give up the ghost

    der Géíst ist willig, aber das Fleisch ist schwach (prov) — the spirit is willing, but the flesh is weak

    der Heilige Géíst — the Holy Ghost or Spirit

    der Géíst Gottes — the Spirit of God

    der böse Géíst — the Evil One

    der Géíst der Finsternis — the Prince of Darkness

    gute/böse Géíster — good/evil spirits

    die Stunde der Géíster — the witching hour

    der gute Géíst des Hauses (geh)the moving spirit in the household

    von allen guten Géístern verlassen sein (inf)to have taken leave of one's senses (inf)

    jdm auf den Géíst gehen (inf)to get on sb's nerves

    in dem Schloss gehen Géíster um — the castle is haunted, the castle is walked by ghosts (liter)

    3) (no pl = Intellekt) intellect, mind; (fig = Denker, Genie) mind

    Géíst haben — to have a good mind or intellect; (Witz) to show wit

    einen regen/lebhaften Géíst haben —

    ein Mann von großem Géíst — a man of great intellect, a man with a great mind

    die Rede zeugte nicht von großem Géíst — the speech was not particularly brilliant

    das geht über meinen Géíst (inf)that's way over my head (inf), that's beyond me (inf)

    hier scheiden sich die Géíster — this is the parting of the ways

    seinen Géíst anstrengen (inf)to use one's brains (inf)

    sie sind verwandte Géíster — they are kindred spirits

    kleine Géíster (iro: ungebildet) — people of limited intellect; (kleinmütig) small-minded or petty-minded people

    See:
    4) no pl (= Wesen, Sinn, Gesinnung) spirit

    in kameradschaftlichem Géíst — in a spirit of comradeship

    in diesem Büro herrscht ein kollegialer Géíst — this office has a friendly atmosphere

    in seinem/ihrem Géíst — in his/her spirit

    in jds Géíst handeln — to act in the spirit of sb

    der Géíst der Zeit/der russischen Sprache — the spirit or genius (liter) of the times/of the Russian language

    nach dem Géíst des Gesetzes, nicht nach seinem Buchstaben gehen — to go by the spirit rather than the letter of the law

    daran zeigt sich, wes Géístes Kind er ist — that (just) shows what kind of person he is

    5) no pl (= Vorstellung) mind

    etw im Géíst(e) vor sich sehen — to see sth in one's mind's eye

    sich im Géíst(e) als etw/als jd/an einem Ort sehen — to see or picture oneself as sth/as sb/in a place

    im Géíste bin ich bei euch — I am with you in spirit, my thoughts are with you

    * * *
    der
    1) (a spirit, usually of a dead person: Do you believe in ghosts?; Hamlet thought he saw his father's ghost.) ghost
    2) (a principle or emotion which makes someone act: The spirit of kindness seems to be lacking in the world nowadays.) spirit
    3) (a person's mind, will, personality etc thought of as distinct from the body, or as remaining alive eg as a ghost when the body dies: Our great leader may be dead, but his spirit still lives on; ( also adjective) the spirit world; Evil spirits have taken possession of him.) spirit
    4) (an elf or fairy: a water-sprite.) sprite
    * * *
    Geist1
    <-[e]s, -e>
    [ˈgaist]
    m
    1. kein pl (Vernunft) mind
    die Rede zeugte nicht von großem \Geist the speech was no testament to a great mind
    ihr \Geist ist verwirrt she's mentally deranged
    seinen \Geist anstrengen to put one's mind to it
    seinen \Geist aushauchen (euph geh) to breathe one's last
    jdm [mit etw dat] auf den \Geist gehen (fam) to get on sb's nerves [with sth] fam
    im \Geist[e] (in Gedanken) in spirit, in one's thoughts; (in der Vorstellung) in one's mind's eye, in one's thoughts
    etw im \Geiste vor sich dat sehen to see sth in one's mind's eye, to picture sth
    \Geist und Körper body and mind
    der menschliche \Geist, der \Geist des Menschen the human mind
    2. kein pl (Witz) wit
    er sprühte vor \Geist he was as witty as could be
    eine Rede voller \Geist und Witz a witty speech
    \Geist haben to have esprit
    ein Mann ohne/von \Geist a dull/witty man
    \Geist versprühen to be scintillating
    3. kein pl (Gesinnung) spirit
    in diesem Büro herrscht ein kollegialer \Geist there's a spirit of cooperation in this office
    an \Geist und Buchstaben einer S. gen halten to observe the spirit and letter of sth
    der freie \Geist free thought
    in kameradschaftlichem \Geist in a spirit of camaraderie [or comradeship]
    in jds \Geist how sb would have wished
    der \Geist der Zeit the spirit of the times [or age
    4. (Destillat) spirit
    5.
    seinen [o den] \Geist aufgeben (iron veraltet: sterben) to give up the ghost, to breathe one's last; (hum fam: kaputtgehen) to give up the ghost
    wes \Geistes Kind jd ist the kind of person sb is
    da [o hier] scheiden sich die \Geister opinions differ here
    der \Geist ist willig, aber das Fleisch ist schwach the spirit is willing, but the flesh is weak
    Geist2
    <-[e]s, -e>
    m
    1. (Denker) mind, intellect
    große \Geister stört das nicht (hum fam) that doesn't bother me/us etc.
    kleiner \Geist small-minded person, person of limited intellect
    2. (Charakter) spirit
    ein guter \Geist an angel
    der gute \Geist des Hauses the moving [or guiding] spirit of the household
    ein unruhiger \Geist a restive spirit, a restless creature
    verwandte \Geister kindred spirits
    3. (Wesenheit) spirit
    der böse \Geist the Evil One old
    dienstbarer \Geist ministering spirit
    der \Geist der Finsternis (geh) the Prince of Darkness
    der \Geist Gottes the Spirit of God
    der Heilige \Geist the Holy Ghost
    4. (Gespenst) ghost
    ihm erschien der \Geist seiner toten Mutter he was visited by the ghost of his dead mother
    \Geister gehen hier um this place is haunted
    wie ein \Geist aussehen to look very pale; krank a. to look like death warmed up [or AM over] fam; erschreckt a. to look as if one has seen a ghost
    einen \Geist beschwören to invoke a spirit
    böse/gute \Geister evil/good spirits
    5.
    dienstbarer \Geist (hum fam) servant
    von allen guten \Geistern verlassen sein (fam) to have taken leave of one's senses
    jdm als Heiliger \Geist erscheinen, jdm den Heiligen \Geist schicken MIL, SCH (veraltet sl) to don fancy dress at night and thrash sb sleeping in bed
    * * *
    der; Geist[e]s, Geister
    1) o. Pl. (Verstand) mind

    jemandes Geist ist verwirrt/gestört — somebody is mentally deranged/disturbed

    jemandem mit etwas auf den Geist gehen(salopp) get on somebody's nerves with something

    den Geist aufgeben(geh./ugs. scherzh., auch fig.) give up the ghost

    im Geist[e] — in my/his etc. mind's eye

    2) o. Pl. (Scharfsinn) wit
    3) o. Pl. (innere Einstellung) spirit
    4) (denkender Mensch) mind; intellect

    ein großer/kleiner Geist — a great mind/a person of limited intellect

    hier od. da scheiden sich die Geister — this is where opinions differ

    der Heilige Geist(christl. Rel.) the Holy Ghost or Spirit

    von allen guten Geistern verlassen sein — have taken leave of one's senses; be out of one's mind

    6) (Gespenst) ghost

    Geister gehen im Schloss um/spuken im Schloss — the castle is haunted

    * * *
    Geist m; -(e)s, -er
    1. nur sg; (Verstand) mind; (Intellekt) intellect; (Sinn, Gemüt) mind; (Witz) wit; (Seele) spirit;
    Geist und Körper mind and body, body and spirit;
    Mann von Geist man of wit;
    seinen Geist aushauchen geh euph (sterben) give up the ghost;
    den Geist aufgeben umg (kaputtgehen) give up the ghost, conk out;
    das/er geht mir auf den Geist umg it/he really gets on my nerves, it’s/he’s driving me crazy;
    im Geiste in one’s mind’s eye;
    im Geiste sah sie sich schon als Siegerin she already imagined ( oder saw) herself as the winner;
    wir werden im Geiste bei euch sein we will be with you in spirit;
    der Geist ist willig, aber das Fleisch ist schwach the spirit is willing but the flesh is weak
    2. nur sg; (Einstellung) spirit; (Verfassung) morale; (Atmosphäre) atmosphere, vibes pl umg;
    der olympische Geist the Olympic spirit;
    der Geist des Christentums etc the spirit of Christianity etc;
    es herrschte ein kameradschaftlicher Geist there was a comradely spirit;
    in jemandes Geiste handeln act in the spirit of sb;
    daran sieht man, wes Geistes Kind er ist it says a lot about him
    3. überirdischer: spirit; (Gespenst) ghost; (Erscheinung) apparition;
    ich glaube nicht an Geister I don’t believe in ghosts;
    böser Geist evil spirit, demon;
    der Böse Geist KIRCHE the Evil One;
    hier geht ein Geist um this place is haunted;
    bist du denn von allen guten Geistern verlassen? are you out of your mind?, have you taken leave of your senses?; heilig
    4. fig Person:
    großer Geist great mind ( oder thinker);
    kleiner Geist small-minded person;
    dienstbarer Geist umg, hum (Dienstbote) servant, domestic treasure;
    jemandes guter Geist sb’s guiding light;
    sie ist der gute Geist der Abteilung she is the moving spirit in the department;
    sie ist ein unruhiger Geist she’s a restless person ( oder spirit), she can’t sit still for one moment, she’s up and down like a yoyo umg; scheiden C
    * * *
    der; Geist[e]s, Geister
    1) o. Pl. (Verstand) mind

    jemandes Geist ist verwirrt/gestört — somebody is mentally deranged/disturbed

    jemandem mit etwas auf den Geist gehen (salopp) get on somebody's nerves with something

    den Geist aufgeben(geh./ugs. scherzh., auch fig.) give up the ghost

    im Geist[e] — in my/his etc. mind's eye

    2) o. Pl. (Scharfsinn) wit
    3) o. Pl. (innere Einstellung) spirit
    4) (denkender Mensch) mind; intellect

    ein großer/kleiner Geist — a great mind/a person of limited intellect

    hier od. da scheiden sich die Geister — this is where opinions differ

    der Heilige Geist(christl. Rel.) the Holy Ghost or Spirit

    von allen guten Geistern verlassen sein — have taken leave of one's senses; be out of one's mind

    6) (Gespenst) ghost

    Geister gehen im Schloss um/spuken im Schloss — the castle is haunted

    * * *
    -er m.
    esprit n.
    ghost n.
    mind n.
    soul n.
    specter n.
    spirit n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Geist

  • 8 geist

    m; -(e)s, -er
    1. nur Sg.; (Verstand) mind; (Intellekt) intellect; (Sinn, Gemüt) mind; (Witz) wit; (Seele) spirit; Geist und Körper mind and body, body and spirit; Mann von Geist man of wit; vor Geist sprühen oder seinen Geist sprühen lassen scintillate; den oder seinen Geist aushauchen geh. euph. (sterben) give up the ghost; den Geist aufgeben umg. (kaputtgehen) give up the ghost, conk out; das / er geht mir auf den Geist umg. it / he really gets on my nerves, it’s / he’s driving me crazy; im Geiste in one’s mind’s eye; im Geiste sah sie sich schon als Siegerin she already imagined ( oder saw) herself as the winner; wir werden im Geiste bei euch sein we will be with you in spirit; der Geist ist willig, aber das Fleisch ist schwach the spirit is willing but the flesh is weak
    2. nur Sg.; (Einstellung) spirit; (Verfassung) morale; (Atmosphäre) atmosphere, vibes Pl. umg.; der olympische Geist the Olympic spirit; der Geist des Christentums etc. the spirit of Christianity etc.; es herrschte ein kameradschaftlicher Geist there was a comradely spirit; in jemandes Geiste handeln act in the spirit of s.o.; daran sieht man, wes Geistes Kind er ist it says a lot about him
    3. überirdischer: spirit; (Gespenst) ghost; (Erscheinung) apparition; ich glaube nicht an Geister I don’t believe in ghosts; böser Geist evil spirit, demon; der Böse Geist KIRCHL. the Evil One; hier geht ein Geist um this place is haunted; bist du denn von allen guten Geistern verlassen? are you out of your mind?, have you taken leave of your senses?; heilig
    4. fig. Person: großer Geist great mind ( oder thinker); kleiner Geist small-minded person; dienstbarer Geist umg., hum. (Dienstbote) servant, domestic treasure; jemandes guter Geist s.o.’s guiding light; sie ist der gute Geist der Abteilung she is the moving spirit in the department; sie ist ein unruhiger Geist she’s a restless person ( oder spirit), she can’t sit still for one moment, she’s up and down like a yoyo umg.; scheiden III
    * * *
    der Geist
    (Gespenst) specter; ghost; phantom; spectre;
    (Seele) animus; spirit;
    (Verstand) brains; intellect; mind;
    (Witz) wit
    * * *
    [gaist]
    m -(e)s, -er
    1) no pl (= Denken, Vernunft) mind

    der menschliche Géíst, der Géíst des Menschen — the human mind

    Géíst und Materie — mind and matter

    mit Géíst begabt — endowed with a mind

    "Phänomenologie des Géístes" — "Phenomenology of the Spirit"

    2) (REL = Seele, außerirdisches Wesen) spirit; (= Gespenst) ghost

    Géíst und Körper — mind and body

    seinen Géíst aufgeben or aushauchen (liter, iro)to give up the ghost

    der Géíst ist willig, aber das Fleisch ist schwach (prov) — the spirit is willing, but the flesh is weak

    der Heilige Géíst — the Holy Ghost or Spirit

    der Géíst Gottes — the Spirit of God

    der böse Géíst — the Evil One

    der Géíst der Finsternis — the Prince of Darkness

    gute/böse Géíster — good/evil spirits

    die Stunde der Géíster — the witching hour

    der gute Géíst des Hauses (geh)the moving spirit in the household

    von allen guten Géístern verlassen sein (inf)to have taken leave of one's senses (inf)

    jdm auf den Géíst gehen (inf)to get on sb's nerves

    in dem Schloss gehen Géíster um — the castle is haunted, the castle is walked by ghosts (liter)

    3) (no pl = Intellekt) intellect, mind; (fig = Denker, Genie) mind

    Géíst haben — to have a good mind or intellect; (Witz) to show wit

    einen regen/lebhaften Géíst haben —

    ein Mann von großem Géíst — a man of great intellect, a man with a great mind

    die Rede zeugte nicht von großem Géíst — the speech was not particularly brilliant

    das geht über meinen Géíst (inf)that's way over my head (inf), that's beyond me (inf)

    hier scheiden sich die Géíster — this is the parting of the ways

    seinen Géíst anstrengen (inf)to use one's brains (inf)

    sie sind verwandte Géíster — they are kindred spirits

    kleine Géíster (iro: ungebildet) — people of limited intellect; (kleinmütig) small-minded or petty-minded people

    See:
    4) no pl (= Wesen, Sinn, Gesinnung) spirit

    in kameradschaftlichem Géíst — in a spirit of comradeship

    in diesem Büro herrscht ein kollegialer Géíst — this office has a friendly atmosphere

    in seinem/ihrem Géíst — in his/her spirit

    in jds Géíst handeln — to act in the spirit of sb

    der Géíst der Zeit/der russischen Sprache — the spirit or genius (liter) of the times/of the Russian language

    nach dem Géíst des Gesetzes, nicht nach seinem Buchstaben gehen — to go by the spirit rather than the letter of the law

    daran zeigt sich, wes Géístes Kind er ist — that (just) shows what kind of person he is

    5) no pl (= Vorstellung) mind

    etw im Géíst(e) vor sich sehen — to see sth in one's mind's eye

    sich im Géíst(e) als etw/als jd/an einem Ort sehen — to see or picture oneself as sth/as sb/in a place

    im Géíste bin ich bei euch — I am with you in spirit, my thoughts are with you

    * * *
    der
    1) (a spirit, usually of a dead person: Do you believe in ghosts?; Hamlet thought he saw his father's ghost.) ghost
    2) (a principle or emotion which makes someone act: The spirit of kindness seems to be lacking in the world nowadays.) spirit
    3) (a person's mind, will, personality etc thought of as distinct from the body, or as remaining alive eg as a ghost when the body dies: Our great leader may be dead, but his spirit still lives on; ( also adjective) the spirit world; Evil spirits have taken possession of him.) spirit
    4) (an elf or fairy: a water-sprite.) sprite
    * * *
    Geist1
    <-[e]s, -e>
    [ˈgaist]
    m
    1. kein pl (Vernunft) mind
    die Rede zeugte nicht von großem \Geist the speech was no testament to a great mind
    ihr \Geist ist verwirrt she's mentally deranged
    seinen \Geist anstrengen to put one's mind to it
    seinen \Geist aushauchen (euph geh) to breathe one's last
    jdm [mit etw dat] auf den \Geist gehen (fam) to get on sb's nerves [with sth] fam
    im \Geist[e] (in Gedanken) in spirit, in one's thoughts; (in der Vorstellung) in one's mind's eye, in one's thoughts
    etw im \Geiste vor sich dat sehen to see sth in one's mind's eye, to picture sth
    \Geist und Körper body and mind
    der menschliche \Geist, der \Geist des Menschen the human mind
    2. kein pl (Witz) wit
    er sprühte vor \Geist he was as witty as could be
    eine Rede voller \Geist und Witz a witty speech
    \Geist haben to have esprit
    ein Mann ohne/von \Geist a dull/witty man
    \Geist versprühen to be scintillating
    3. kein pl (Gesinnung) spirit
    in diesem Büro herrscht ein kollegialer \Geist there's a spirit of cooperation in this office
    an \Geist und Buchstaben einer S. gen halten to observe the spirit and letter of sth
    der freie \Geist free thought
    in kameradschaftlichem \Geist in a spirit of camaraderie [or comradeship]
    in jds \Geist how sb would have wished
    der \Geist der Zeit the spirit of the times [or age
    4. (Destillat) spirit
    5.
    seinen [o den] \Geist aufgeben (iron veraltet: sterben) to give up the ghost, to breathe one's last; (hum fam: kaputtgehen) to give up the ghost
    wes \Geistes Kind jd ist the kind of person sb is
    da [o hier] scheiden sich die \Geister opinions differ here
    der \Geist ist willig, aber das Fleisch ist schwach the spirit is willing, but the flesh is weak
    Geist2
    <-[e]s, -e>
    m
    1. (Denker) mind, intellect
    große \Geister stört das nicht (hum fam) that doesn't bother me/us etc.
    kleiner \Geist small-minded person, person of limited intellect
    2. (Charakter) spirit
    ein guter \Geist an angel
    der gute \Geist des Hauses the moving [or guiding] spirit of the household
    ein unruhiger \Geist a restive spirit, a restless creature
    verwandte \Geister kindred spirits
    3. (Wesenheit) spirit
    der böse \Geist the Evil One old
    dienstbarer \Geist ministering spirit
    der \Geist der Finsternis (geh) the Prince of Darkness
    der \Geist Gottes the Spirit of God
    der Heilige \Geist the Holy Ghost
    4. (Gespenst) ghost
    ihm erschien der \Geist seiner toten Mutter he was visited by the ghost of his dead mother
    \Geister gehen hier um this place is haunted
    wie ein \Geist aussehen to look very pale; krank a. to look like death warmed up [or AM over] fam; erschreckt a. to look as if one has seen a ghost
    einen \Geist beschwören to invoke a spirit
    böse/gute \Geister evil/good spirits
    5.
    dienstbarer \Geist (hum fam) servant
    von allen guten \Geistern verlassen sein (fam) to have taken leave of one's senses
    jdm als Heiliger \Geist erscheinen, jdm den Heiligen \Geist schicken MIL, SCH (veraltet sl) to don fancy dress at night and thrash sb sleeping in bed
    * * *
    der; Geist[e]s, Geister
    1) o. Pl. (Verstand) mind

    jemandes Geist ist verwirrt/gestört — somebody is mentally deranged/disturbed

    jemandem mit etwas auf den Geist gehen(salopp) get on somebody's nerves with something

    den Geist aufgeben(geh./ugs. scherzh., auch fig.) give up the ghost

    im Geist[e] — in my/his etc. mind's eye

    2) o. Pl. (Scharfsinn) wit
    3) o. Pl. (innere Einstellung) spirit
    4) (denkender Mensch) mind; intellect

    ein großer/kleiner Geist — a great mind/a person of limited intellect

    hier od. da scheiden sich die Geister — this is where opinions differ

    der Heilige Geist(christl. Rel.) the Holy Ghost or Spirit

    von allen guten Geistern verlassen sein — have taken leave of one's senses; be out of one's mind

    6) (Gespenst) ghost

    Geister gehen im Schloss um/spuken im Schloss — the castle is haunted

    * * *
    …geist m im subst; CHEM, GASTR spirit(s pl US);
    Himbeergeist (white) raspberry brandy;
    Mirabellengeist plum brandy
    * * *
    der; Geist[e]s, Geister
    1) o. Pl. (Verstand) mind

    jemandes Geist ist verwirrt/gestört — somebody is mentally deranged/disturbed

    jemandem mit etwas auf den Geist gehen (salopp) get on somebody's nerves with something

    den Geist aufgeben(geh./ugs. scherzh., auch fig.) give up the ghost

    im Geist[e] — in my/his etc. mind's eye

    2) o. Pl. (Scharfsinn) wit
    3) o. Pl. (innere Einstellung) spirit
    4) (denkender Mensch) mind; intellect

    ein großer/kleiner Geist — a great mind/a person of limited intellect

    hier od. da scheiden sich die Geister — this is where opinions differ

    der Heilige Geist(christl. Rel.) the Holy Ghost or Spirit

    von allen guten Geistern verlassen sein — have taken leave of one's senses; be out of one's mind

    6) (Gespenst) ghost

    Geister gehen im Schloss um/spuken im Schloss — the castle is haunted

    * * *
    -er m.
    esprit n.
    ghost n.
    mind n.
    soul n.
    specter n.
    spirit n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > geist

  • 9 spirito

    m spirit
    ( disposizione) mind
    ( umorismo) wit
    * * *
    spirito s.m.
    1 ( ente spirituale) spirit: Dio è puro spirito, God is pure spirit; il regno degli spiriti, the realm of spirits; lo spirito del bosco, the woodland spirit // spirito folletto, sprite // lo Spirito Maligno, the Evil One // lo Spirito Santo, the Holy Ghost (o the Holy Spirit)
    2 ( afflato vitale) spirit; ( anima) soul: gli spiriti animali, the animal spirits; spirito vitale, spirit of life; esalare lo spirito, to breathe one's last (o to give up one's spirit); le esigenze del corpo e quelle dello spirito, bodily and spiritual needs
    3 (fil.) ( contrapposto a materia) spirit: i valori dello spirito, spiritual values; sono con lui in spirito, I am with him in spirit
    4 ( fantasma) spirit; ghost; phantom: in questa casa ci sono degli spiriti, this house is haunted; credere negli spiriti, to believe in ghosts
    5 ( mente, intelligenza) mind: presenza di spirito, presence of mind // spirito profetico, prophetic spirit
    6 ( persona di spiccate doti intellettuali) spirit; mind: uno spirito eletto, a master spirit; i grandi spiriti, the great minds; uno dei migliori spiriti del suo paese, one of the leading spirits of his country
    7 ( tendenza informatrice, atteggiamento spirituale) spirit; attitude: lo spirito dell'epoca, the spirit of the age; spirito di contraddizione, osservazione, sacrificio, spirit of contradiction, observation, sacrifice; spirito materno, maternal attitude; fu lo spirito della rivoluzione, he was the leading spirit of the revolution; vivere con spirito sereno, to live serenely; non sono in condizioni di spirito per scherzare, I'm not in the mood to joke // spirito di corpo, esprit de corps; spirito di parte, partisan spirit; spirito di squadra, team spirit // spirito pubblico, public feeling
    8 ( significato essenziale) spirit, (inner) meaning; sense: bisognerebbe sempre seguire lo spirito piuttosto che la lettera della legge, one should always go by the spirit of the law rather than by the letter
    9 ( arguzia) wit; ( umorismo) humour: motto di spirito, witticism; persona di spirito, witty person; non mi sembra ci sia molto spirito in quello che dice, I do not see much humour in what he says; quell'uomo è pieno di spirito, that man is full of wit // fare dello spirito, to be witty: spirito di rapa, di patata, (fam.) obvious (o forced) humour
    10 ( vivacità) life; liveliness: dovresti mettere un po' più di spirito in quello che fai, you ought to put a little more life into what you are doing
    11 (gramm. greca) breathing: spirito aspro, dolce, rough, smooth breathing
    12 (chim.) spirit; alcohol: spirito canforato, camphorated spirit; spirito di legno, wood spirit; lacca a spirito, spirit varnish; lampada a spirito, spirit lamp // frutta sotto spirito, fruit preserved in alcohol.
    * * *
    I ['spirito]
    sostantivo maschile
    1) (atteggiamento) spirit

    spirito di corpo — esprit de corps, solidarity

    spirito di contraddizione — contrariness, spirit of contradiction

    2) (stato d'animo) spirit, mood

    persona di spirito — wit, witty person

    battuta o motto di spirito witticism; fare dello spirito to be witty o funny, to crack jokes; ha preso la cosa con spirito — he took it with a bit of humour

    4) (persona) spirit
    6) relig. spirit
    II ['spirito]
    sostantivo maschile (alcol) alcohol, spirit
    * * *
    spirito1
    /'spirito/
    sostantivo m.
     1 (atteggiamento) spirit; spirito di adattamento adaptability; spirito di squadra team spirit; spirito di corpo esprit de corps, solidarity; spirito di contraddizione contrariness, spirit of contradiction; giovane di spirito young at heart o in spirit
     2 (stato d'animo) spirit, mood; sono nello spirito adatto per I'm in the right mood for
     3 (senso dell'umorismo) wit; persona di spirito wit, witty person; battuta o motto di spirito witticism; fare dello spirito to be witty o funny, to crack jokes; ha preso la cosa con spirito he took it with a bit of humour
     4 (persona) spirit; uno spirito libero a free spirit; un bello spirito a wit
     5 (caratteristica essenziale) spirit; nello spirito dell'epoca in the spirit of the times; secondo lo spirito della legge in accordance with the law; entrare nello spirito del gioco to enter into the spirit of the game
     6 relig. spirit; lo Spirito Santo the Holy Spirit
     7 (essere soprannaturale) spirit; spirito maligno evil spirit; nel castello ci sono gli -i the castle is haunted.
    ————————
    spirito2
    /'spirito/
    sostantivo m.
    (alcol) alcohol, spirit; lampada a spirito spirit lamp; ciliege sotto spirito cherries in alcohol.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > spirito

  • 10 धर्मः _dharmḥ

    धर्मः [ध्रियते लोको$नेन, धरति लोकं वा धृ-मन्; cf. Uṇ 1. 137]
    1 Religion; the customary observances of a caste, sect, &c.
    -2 Law, usage, practice, custom, ordinance, statue.
    -3 Religious or moral merit, virtue, right- eousness, good works (regarded as one of the four ends of human existence); अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्ग- सारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38, and see त्रिवर्ग also; एक एव सुहृद्धर्मो निधने$प्यनुयाति यः H.1.63.
    -4 Duty, prescribed course of conduct; षष्ठांशवृत्तेरपि धर्म एषः Ś.5.4; Ms.1.114.
    -5 Right, justice, equity, impartiality.
    -6 Piety, propriety, decorum.
    -7 Morality, ethics
    -8 Nature. disposition, character; उत्पत्स्यते$स्ति मम को$पि समानधर्मा Māl.1.6; प्राणि˚, जीव˚.
    -9 An essential quality, pecu- liarity, characteristic property, (peculiar) attribute; वदन्ति वर्ण्यावर्ण्यानां धर्मैक्यं दीपकं बुधाः Chandr.5.45; Pt.1.34.
    -1 Manner, resemblance, likeness.
    -11 A sacrifice.
    -12 Good company, associating with the virtuous
    -13> Devotion, religious abstraction.
    -14 Manner, mode.
    -15 An Upaniṣad q. v.
    -16 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira, the eldest Pāṇḍava.
    -17 N. of Yama, the god of death.
    -18 A bow.
    -19 A drinker of Soma juice.
    -2 (In astrol.) N. of the ninth lunar man- sion.
    -21 An Arhat of the Jainas.
    -22 The soul.
    -23 Mastery, great skill; दिव्यास्त्रगुणसंपन्नः परं धर्मं गतो युधि Rām.3.31.15.
    -र्मम् A virtuous deed.
    -Comp. -अक्षरम् (pl.) holy mantras; a formula of faith; धर्माक्षराण्युदाहरामि Mk.8.45-46.
    -अङ्गः (
    -ङ्गा f.) the Indian crane.
    -अधर्मौ m. (du.) right and wrong, religion and irreligion; धर्माधर्मौ सपदि गलितौ पुण्यपापे विशीर्णे. ˚विद् m. a Mīmāṁsaka who knows the right and wrong course of action.
    -अधिकरणम् 1 administration of the laws.
    1 a court of justice. (
    -णः) a judge.
    -अधिकरणिकः, -अधिकारिन् m. a judge, magistrate, any judicial functionary.
    -अधिकरणिन् m. a judge, magistrate.
    -अधिकारः 1 superintendence of religious affairs; Ś1.
    -2 ad- ministration of justice.
    -3 the office of a judge.
    -अधि- ष्ठानम् a court of justice.
    -अध्यक्षः 1 a judge.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -अनुष्ठानम् acting according to religion, virtuous or moral conduct.
    -अनुसारः conformity to virtue or justice.
    -अपेत a. deviating from virtue, wicked, immoral, irreligious. (
    -तम्) vice, immorality, injustice.
    -अयनम् course of law, law-suit.
    -अरण्यम् a sacred or penance grove, a wood inhabited by ascetics; धर्मारण्यं प्रविशति गजः Śi.1.32.
    -अर्थौः religious merit and wealth; धर्मार्थौ यत्र न स्याताम् Ms.2.112.
    -अर्थम् ind.
    1 for religious purposes.
    -2 justly, according to justice or right.
    -अलीक a. having a false character.
    -अस्तिकायः (with Jainas) the category or predicament of virtue; cf. अस्तिकाय.
    -अहन् Yesterday.
    -आगमः a religious statute, lawbook.
    -आचार्यः 1 a religious teacher.
    -2 a teacher of law or customs.
    -आत्मजः an epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira q. v.
    -आत्मता religiousmindedness; justice, virtue.
    -आत्मन् a. just righteous, pious, virtuous. (-m.) a saint, a pious man.
    -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. righteous, virtuous; धर्माश्रयं पापिनः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415.
    -आसनम् the throne of justice, judgmentseat, tribunal; न संभावितमद्य धर्मासनमध्यासितुम् Ś.6; धर्मासनाद्विशति वासगृहं नरेन्द्रः U.1.7.
    -इन्द्रः, -ईशः an epithet of Yama; पितॄणामिव धर्मेन्द्रः Mb.7.6.6.
    -ईप्सु a. wishing to gain religious merit; Ms.1.127.
    -उत्तर a. 'rich in virtue,' chiefly characterized by justice, eminently just and impartial; धर्मोत्तरं मध्यममाश्रयन्ते R.13.7.
    -उपचायिन् a. religious; यच्च वः प्रेक्षमाणानां सर्व- धर्मोपचायिनाम् Mb.5.137.16.
    -उपदेशः 1 instruction in law or duty, religious or moral instruction. आर्षं धर्मोपदेशं च वेदशास्त्राविरोधिना । यस्तर्केणानुसंधत्ते स धर्मं वेद नेतरः ॥ Ms.12.16.
    -2 the collective body of laws.
    -उपदेशकः 1 a teacher of the law.
    -2 a spiritual teacher, a Guru.
    -कथकः an expounder of law.
    -कर्मन् n.,
    -कार्यम्, -क्रिया 1 any act of duty or religion, any moral or religious observance, a religious act or rite.
    -2 virtuous conduct.
    -कथादरिद्रः the Kali age.
    -काम a.
    1 devoted to virtue.
    -2 observing duty or right.
    -कायः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jaina saint.
    -कारणम् Cause of virtue.
    -कीलः 1 a grant, royal edict or decree.
    -2 husband.
    -कृत् a. observing duty, acting justly. (-m.)
    1 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -2 a pious man. धर्मा- धर्मविहीनो$पि धर्ममर्यादास्थापनार्थं धर्ममेव करोतीति धर्मकृत् Bhāg.
    -केतुः an epithet of Buddha.
    -कोशः, -षः the collective body of laws or duties; धर्मकोषस्य गुप्तये Ms.1.99.
    -क्रिया, -कृत्यम् any act of religion, any moral or religious rite.
    -क्षेत्रम् 1 Bhāratavarṣa (the land of religion).
    -2 N. of a plain near Delhi, the scene of the great battle between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः Bg.1.1. (
    -त्रः) a virtuous or pious man.
    -गुप्त a. observing and protecting religion. (
    -प्तः) N. of Viṣṇu.
    -ग्रन्थः a sacred work or scripture.
    -घटः a jar of fragrant water offered daily (to a Brāhmaṇa) in the month of Vaiśākha; एष धर्मघटो दत्तो ब्रह्माविष्णुशिवात्मकः । अस्य प्रदानात् सफला मम सन्तु मनोरथाः ॥
    -घ्न a. immoral, unlawful.
    -चक्रः 1 The wheel or range of the law; Bhddh. Jain.
    -2 a Buddha. ˚मृत् m. a Buddha or Jaina.
    -चरणम्, -चर्या observance of the law, performance of religious duties; शिवेन भर्त्रा सह धर्मचर्या कार्या त्वया मुक्तविचारयेति Ku.7.83; वयसि प्रथमे, मतौ चलायां बहुदोषां हि वदन्ति धर्मचर्याम् Bu. Ch.5.3. चारिन् a. practising virtue, observing the law, virtuous, righteous; स चेत्स्वयं कर्मसु धर्मचारिणां त्वमन्त- रायो भवसि R.3.45. (-m.) an ascetic.
    चारिणी 1 a wife.
    -2 a chaste or virtuous wife. cf. सह˚; इयं चोर्वशी यावदायुस्तव सहधर्मचारिणी भवत्विति V.5.19/2.
    -चिन्तक a.
    1 studying or familiar with duty.
    -2 reflecting on the law.
    -चिन्तनम्, चिन्ता study of virtue, consideration of moral duties, moral reflection.
    -च्छलः fraudulent transgression of law or duty.
    -जः 1 'duly or lawfully born', a legitimate son; cf. Ms.9.17.
    -2 N. of युधिष्ठिर; Mb.15.1.44.
    -जन्मन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर.
    -जिज्ञासा inquiry into religion or the proper course of conduct; अथातो धर्मजिज्ञासा Jaimini's Sūtra.
    -जीवन a. one who acts according to the rules of his caste or fulfils prescribed duties. (
    -नः) a Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself by assisting other men in the performance of their reli- gious rites; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273.
    -ज्ञ a.
    1 knowing what is right, conversant with civil or religious law; Ms.7.141;8.179;1.127.
    -2 just, righteous, pious.
    -त्यागः abandoning one's religion, apostacy.
    -दक्षिणा a fee for instruction in the law.
    -दानम् a charitable gift (made without any self-inte- rest.) पात्रेभ्यो दीयते नित्यमनपेक्ष्य प्रयोजनम् । केवलं धर्मबुद्ध्या यद् धर्मदानं प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.262.
    -दुघा a cow milked for religious purposes only.
    -द्रवी N. of the Ganges.
    -दारा m. (pl.) a lawful wife; स्त्रीणां भर्ता धर्मदाराश्च पुंसाम् Māl. 6.18.
    -द्रुह् a. voilating the law or right; निसर्गेण स धर्मस्य गोप्ता धर्मद्रुहो वयम् Mv.2.7.
    -द्रोहिन् m. a demon.
    -धातुः an epithet of Buddha.
    -ध्वजः -ध्वजिन् m. a religious hypocrite, an impostor; Bhāg.3.32.39.
    -नन्दनः an epithet of युधिष्ठिर.
    -नाथः a legal protector, rightful master.
    -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निबन्धिन् a. pious, holy.
    -निवेशः religious devotion.
    -निष्ठ a. devoted to religion or virtue; श्रीमन्तः पान्तु पृथ्वीं प्रशमित- रिपवो धर्मनिष्ठाश्च भूपाः Mk.1.61.
    -निष्पत्तिः f.
    1 discharge or fulfilment of duty.
    -2 moral or religious observance;
    -पत्नी a lawful wife; R.2.2,2,72;8.7; Y.2.128.
    -पथः the way of virtue, a virtuous course of conduct.
    -पर a. religious-minded, pious, righteous.
    -परिणामः rise of righteous conduct in the heart (Jainism); cf. also एतेन भूतेन्द्रियेषु धर्मलक्षणावस्थापरिणामा व्याख्याताः Yoga- darśana.
    -पाठकः a teacher of civil or religious law; Ms.12.111.
    -पालः 'protector of the law', said meta- phorically of (दण्ड) 'punishment or chastisement', or 'sword'.
    -पाडा transgressing the law, an offence against law.
    -पुत्रः 1 a lawful son, a son begotten from a sense of duty and not from mere lust or sensual pleasure.
    -2 an epithet of युधिष्ठिर.
    -3 any one regarded as a son for religious purposes, a spiritual son.
    -प्रचारः (fig.) sword.
    -प्रतिरूपकः a counterfeit of virtue; Ms.11.9.
    -प्रधान a. eminent in piety; धर्मप्रधानं पुरुषं तपसा हतकिल्बिषम् Ms.4.243.
    -प्रवक्तृ m.
    1 an expounder of the law, a legal adviser.
    -2 a religious teacher, prea- cher.
    -प्रवचनम् 1 the science of duty; U.5.23.
    -2 expounding the law. (
    -नः) an epithet of Buddha.
    -प्रेक्ष्य a. religious or virtuous (धर्मदृष्टि); Rām.2.85.16.
    -बाणिजिकः, -वाणिजिकः 1 one who tries to make profit out of his virtue like a merchant.
    -2 one who performs religious rites with a view to reward, like a merchant dealing in transactions for profit.
    -बाह्यः a. contrary to religion or what is right.
    -भगिनी 1 a lawful sister.
    -2 a daughter of the spiritual preceptor.
    -3 a spiritual sister, any one regarded as a sister or discharging the same religious duties एतस्मिन्विहारे मम धर्मभगिनी तिष्ठति Mk.8.46/47.
    -भागिनी a virtuous wife.
    -भाणकः a lecturer or public reader who reads and explains to audiences sacred books like the Bhārata, Bhāgavata, &c.
    -भिक्षुकः a mendicant from virtuous motives; Ms. 11.2.
    -भृत् m.
    1 'a preserver or defender of justice,' a king.
    -2 a virtuous person.
    -भ्रातृ m.
    1 a fellow reli- gious student, a spiritual brother.
    -2 any one regard- ed as a brother from discharging the same religious duties. वानप्रस्थयतिब्रह्मचारिणां रिक्थभागिनः । क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः ॥ Y.2.137.
    -महामात्रः a minister of reli- gion, a minister in charge of religious affairs.
    -मूलम् the foundation of civil or religious law, the Vedas.
    -मेघः a particular Samādhi.
    -युगम् the Kṛita age; अथ धर्मयुगे तस्मिन्योगधर्ममनुष्ठिता । महीमनुचचारैका सुलभा नाम भिक्षुकी Mb.12.32.7.
    -यूपः, -योनिः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -रति a. 'delighting in virtue or justice', righteous, pious, just; तस्य धर्मरतेरासीद् वृद्धत्वं जरसा विना R.1.23.
    -रत्नम् N. of a Jaina स्मृतिग्रन्थ prepared by Jīmūtavāhana.
    -राज् -m. an epithet of Yama.
    -राज a. धर्मशील q. v.; धर्मराजेन जनकेन महात्मना (विदेहान् रक्षितान्) Mb.12.325 19.
    -राजः an epithet of
    1 Yama.
    -2 Jina.
    -3 युधिष्ठिर.
    -4 a king.
    -राजन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर.
    -राजिका a monument, a stūpa (Sārnāth Inscrip. of Mahīpāla; Ind. Ant. Vol.14, p.14.)
    -रोधिन् a.
    1 op- posed to law, illegal, unlawful.
    -2 immoral.
    -लक्षणम् 1 the essential mark of law.
    -2 the Vedas. (
    -णा) the Mīmāṁsā philosophy.
    -लोपः 1 irreligion, immorality.
    -2 violation of duty; धर्मलोपभयाद्राज्ञीमृतुस्नातामिमां स्मरन् R. 1.76.
    -वत्सल a. loving piety or duty.
    -वर्तिन् a. just, virtuous.
    -वर्धनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -वादः discussion about law or duty, religious controversy; अनुकल्पः परो धर्मो धर्मवादैस्तु केवलम् Mb.12.165.15.
    -वासरः 1 the day of full moon.
    -2 yesterday.
    -वाहनः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a buffalo (being the vehicle of Yama).
    -विद् a. familiar with the law (civil or religious). ˚उत्तमः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -विद्या knowledge of the law or right.
    -विधिः a legal precept or injunction; एष धर्मविधिः कृत्स्नश्चातुर्वर्ण्यस्य कीर्तितः Ms.1.131.
    -विप्लवः violation of duty, immora- lity.
    -विवेचनम् 1 judicial investigation; यस्य शूद्रस्तु कुरुते राज्ञो धर्मविवेचनम् । तस्य सीदति तद्राष्ट्रं पङ्के गौरिव पश्यतः ॥ Ms.8.21.
    -2 dissertation on duty.
    -वीरः (in Rhet.) the sentiment of heroism arising out of virtue or piety, the sentiment of chivalrous piety; the following instance is given in R. G.:-- सपदि विलयमेतु राज्यलक्ष्मीरुपरि पतन्त्वथवा कृपाणधाराः । अपहरतुतरां शिरः कृतान्तो मम तु मतिर्न मनागपैतु धर्मात् ॥ स च दानधर्मयुद्धैर्दयया च समन्वितश्चतुर्धा स्यात् S. D.
    -वृद्ध a. advanced in virtue or piety; न धर्मवृद्धेषु वयः समीक्ष्यते Ku.5.16.
    -वैतंसिकः one who gives away money un- lawfully acquired in the hope of appearing generous.
    -व्यवस्था m. judicial decision, decisive sentence.
    -शाला 1 a court of justice, tribunal.
    -2 any charitabla institu- tion.
    -शासनम्, शास्त्रम् a code of laws, jurisprudence; न धर्मशास्त्रं पठतीति कारणम् H.1.17; Y.1.5. [मनुर्यमो वसिष्ठो$त्रिः दक्षो विष्णुस्तथाङ्गिराः । उशना वाक्पतिर्व्यास आपस्तम्बो$ थ गौतमः ॥ कात्यायनो नारदश्च याज्ञवल्क्यः पराशरः । संवर्तश्चैव शङ्खश्च हारीतो लिखितस्तथा ॥ एतैर्यानि प्रणीतानि धर्मशास्त्राणि वै पुरा । तान्येवातिप्रमाणानि न हन्तव्यानि हेतुभिः ॥]
    -शील a. just, pious, virtuous.
    -शुद्धिः a correct knowledge of the law; प्रत्यक्षं चानुमानं च शास्त्रं च विविधागमम् । त्रयं सुविदितं कार्यं धर्मशुद्धिमभीप्सता ॥ Ms.12.15.
    -संहिता a code of laws (especially compiled by sages like Manu, Yājñavalkya, &c.).
    -संगः 1 attachmet to justice or virtue.
    -2 hypocrisy.
    -संगीतिः 1 discussion about law.
    -2 (with Buddhists) a council.
    -सभा a court of justice.
    -समयः a legal obligation; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273.
    -सहायः a partner or companion in the discharge of religious duties.
    -सूः m. the fork-tailed shrike.
    -सूत्रम् a book on पूर्वमीमांसा written by Jaimini.
    -सेतुः an epithet of Śiva.
    -सेवनम् fulfilment of duties.
    -स्थः a judge; धर्मस्थः कारणैरेतैर्हीनं तमिति निर्दिशेत् Ms.8.57.
    -स्थीय a. Concerning law; धर्मस्थीयं तृतीयं प्रकरणम् Kau. A.3.
    -स्वामिन् m. an epithet of Buddha.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > धर्मः _dharmḥ

  • 11 JAFN

    * * *
    a.
    1) even; jöfn tala, even number;
    2) equal, the same; þínar (viz. ferðir) verða flestar jafnastar, thy doings are mostly the same, all equally bad; hann var ellefu vetra ok sterkr at jöfnum aldri, and strong for his age; jafn e-m, equal to one; jafnt er sem þér sýnist, af er fótrinn, it is just as it appears to thee, the leg is off; komast til jafns við e-n, hafa e-t til jafns við e-n, to equal one, be one’s match in a thing; at jöfnu, equally, in equal shares.
    * * *
    adj., also spelt jamn, f. jöfn, neut. jafnt, often spelt as well as proncd. jamt; compar. jafnari, superl. jafnastr: [Ulf. ibns, Luke vi. 17; A. S. efen; Engl. and Dutch even; old Fr. ivin; O. H. G. eban; mod. Germ. eben; Dan. jevn; Swed. jemn; akin to Lat. aequus by interchange of palatal and labial, see Grimm’s Dict. s. v. eben]:—even, equal, but, like Lat. aequus, mostly in a metaph. sense, for sléttr (q. v.) answers to Lat. planus; often followed by a dat., jafn e-u, equal to a thing, in comparison:
    I. equal, equal to; jöfn eyri (dat.) gulls, K. Þ. K. 72; jafn Guði, equal to God; jafn mér, passim.
    2. equal, the same; enda er jöfn helgi hans meðan hann ferr svá með sér, Grág. i. 93; ella er jöfn sök við hann fram á leið, 322; at ek verða jafn drengr í hvert sinn, Sd. 188; þínar verða flestar jafnastar, thy acts are mostly the same, i. e. all bad, Fms. viii. 409.
    3. fixed, unchanged; með jafnri leigu, jöfnum kaupum, jöfnum skildaga, Rétt. 2. 7, Stat. 264, Fb. ii. 137; hann var ellefu vetra eðr tíu, ok sterkr at jöfnum aldri, and strong for his age, Eg. 188, 592; eiga þeir jöfnum höndum (see hönd) allt þat er þeir taka, Grág. ii. 66.
    4. even, even-tempered; jafn ok úmíslyndr, Mar.: of numbers, jöfn tala, even in tale, equal, opp. to odda-tala, Alg. 356.
    II. neut. jafnt or jamt, almost adverbially, equally, just; jafnt utan sem innan, Grág. i. 392: as, just as, ok hafa eitt atferli báðar jamt, both together, both alike, Fms. xi. 137; jafnt er sem þér sýnisk (‘tis as it appears, indeed), af er fótrinn, Nj. 97; jafnt þrælar sem frjálsir menn, Fms. i. 113: jamt sem, just as, equally as; jafnt sem í fjórðungs-dómi, jamt skal eiga féránsdóm eptir fjörbaugs-mann sem eptir skógar-mann, Grág. i. 87; skal hann láta virða fé þat jamt sem úmaga-eyri, 189; menn skulu svá sakir hluta, jamt sem á alþingi, 122; jafnt hefir komit er þú spáðir, it has happened just as thou didst foretel, Niðrst. 8: ellipt., ok skal hann þá jamt (sem þeir) allri bót upp halda, Grág. ii. 182.
    2. temp. at the same time, just; ek skíri þik, ok nefna barn, í nafni Föður, ok drepa barninu í vatn um sinn jafnt fram fyrir sik, and dip the bairn each time info the water, K. Þ. K. 10: just, precisely, in the very moment, þat var jamt Jóla-aptan sjálfan er þeir börðusk, Fms. xi. 15; jamt í því hann stakaði. 133.
    3. adverb., at jöfnu, equally, in equal shares, Fms. xi. 131.
    4. til jafns, vóru þeir engir at né eina íþrótt hefði til jafns við hann, Nj. 46; halda til jafns við e-n, Ld. 40; komask til jafns við e-n, Fb. i. 261.
    B. COMPDS:
    I. such a, so … a; Karvel jafn-frægum dreng, so fine a fellow as K., Karl. 103; er þat skömm jafn-mörgum mönnum, ‘tis a shame for so many men, Gísl. 51: with the particle sem, jafn-ungr sem hann var, young as he was, i. e. so young as he was for his age, Vápn. 5; vel hafi þér mínu máli komit, jafn-úvænt sem var, Þiðr. 136; kvað þat ekki hæfa á jafn-mikilli hátið sem ( in such a feast as) í hönd ferr, Fb. i. 376; at eigi skyldi Hugon keisari yfir þá stíga jafn-reiðr sem hann varð þeim, Karl. 478; undraðisk hón hversu fríðr ok fagr hann var jafn-gamall maðr ( for his age), Stj. 225; mikill maðr ertú þó Þórir, jafn-gamall, Ó. H. 176; Þórir Oddsson var sterkastr jafn-gamall, Gullþ. 4.
    II. mod. phrases such as, það er jafngott fyrir hann, it serves him right; hann er jafngóðr fyrir því, it won’t hurt him; or honum er það jafn-gott, it will do him good, serve him right; vera jafn-nær, to be equally near, i. e. none the better; hann fór jafnnær, it was all of no use.
    III. in countless COMPDS (esp. adjectives) with almost any participle or adverb, rarely with verbs and nouns, and denoting equal, as, the same, as seen from the context often followed by a dat., e. g. jafn-gamall e-m, of the same age as another person:—of these compds only some can be noticed: jafn-aldri, a, m. one of the same age, Fms. i. 13, vii. 199, Bs. i. 179, Eg. 25, 84. jafn-auðigr, adj. equally wealthy, Band. 2: equally happy, hann setr hund sinn jafnaudigan okkr undir borði, Bjarn. 27. jafn-auðsær, adj. as perspicuous, Eluc. 41. jafn-auðveldr, adj. as easy, Ld. 78. jafn-ágætr, adj. as good, as noble, Nj. 129. jafn-ákafr, adj. as impetuous, Fms. xi. 137. jafn-beinn, adj. as straight, Sturl. i. 196. jafn-berr, adj. equally bare, Fas. i. 67. jafn-bitinn, part. evenly bitten or grazed, of a field, Gþl. 407. jafn-bitr, jafn-beittr, adj. as sharp, keen. jafn-bjartr, adj. as bright, Nj. 208: neut., Sks. 69. jafn-bjóða, bauð; j. e-m, to be a match for one, Finnb. 260: to be equal to, contest on equal terms with one, Fms. ii. 27, vii. 22; gripr betri en þeim peningum jafnbjóði, 655 xxx. 10. jafn-blíðr, adj. equally mild, Fær. 154. jafn-borinn, part. of equal birth, Ld. 332, Fms. x. 79 (v. l.), Gþl. 133; j. til e-s, having equal birthright to, Fms. vii. 8, x. 407. jafn-brattr, adj. as steep. jafn-brátt, n. adj. as soon, at the same moment, Hom. 114. jafn-breiðr, adj. equally broad, Edda 28, Gþl. 355. jafn-búinn, part. equally ‘boun’ or armed, Fms. ii. 165: ready, prepared, Stj. jafn-deildr, part. equally shared, Hom. 148. jafn-digr, adj. as stout, Sturl. iii. 63. jafn-djúpr, adj. as deep. jafn-djúpvitr, adj. as deep-scheming, Orkn. 214, Hkr. iii. 95. jafn-drengilegr, adj. as gallant, Ísl. ii. 446. jafn-drjúgdeildr, part. going as far, of stores, Sturl. i. 166. jafn-drjúgr, adj. keeping as long, Sturl. i. 216, Rb. 18. jafn-dýrligr, adj. equally splendid, Bs. i. 454. jafn-dýrr, adj. as costly, glorious, of the same price, K. Þ. K. 28, Nj. 56, Grett. 104 A, N. G. L. i. 150, 348. jafn-dægri, n. (mod. jafndægr), the equinox, both dægr (q. v.) being equally long, Edda 103, Rb. 454, 456, 472, and passim: equal length, of day and night, Fb. i. 539; see eykt. jafn-dæmi, n. equal judgment, justice, Fms. vi. 431, Pr. 413. jafn-dæmr, adj. just, giving equal judgment, Rb. 364. jafn-einfaldr, adj. as simple, guileless, Hom. 50. jafn-fagr, adj. as fair, Nj. 112. jafn-fallegr, adj. as handsome. jafn-fastr, adj. equally firm, Grág. i. 7, K. Þ. K. 166: as adv., Fms. x. 270, Finnb. 338. jafn-fáir, adj. as few. jafn-feigr, adj. as fey. jafn-feitr, adj. as fat. jafn-fimlega, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as alert, Fms. ii. 273. jafn-fimr, adj. as alert, Fær. 272, Hkr. i. 291, v. l. jafn-fjær, adv. as far. jafn-fjölmennr, adj. with as many men, Nj. 222. jafn-flatt, n. adj.; fara j., to fare so ill, Fms. vi. 379; see flatr. jafn-fljótr, adj. as swift. jafn-fram, adv. equally forward, side by side: with dat., jafnfram skipi Rúts, Nj. 8: locally, of places, over against, (= gegnt and gagn-vart, q. v.); with dat., er hann kom jafnfram Borgund, Hkr. ii. 309; j. Eiðsvelli, Vermá, Fms. ix. 408; j. gagntaki konungs sonar, j. boðanum, vii. 170, ix. 387 (v. l.): as adv., standa jafnfram, to stand evenly, in a straight line; standa allir j. fyrir konungs borðinu, i. 16, Eg. 581, Nj. 140, Rb. 466, Sturl. iii. 244: temp. at the same moment, of two things happening together, Fms. vi. 24; þeir riðu til þings jafnfram Skeggja, Þórð. 18 new Ed.; hann ferr ávalt jafnfram í frásogn æfi Guðs-sonar, follows parallel in the story, 625. 83: in equal share, taka arf j., Gþl. 248; at the same time, also, hugsa þat j., at the same time consider, Stj. 156; jafnfram sem, jafnfram ok, as soon as, Karl. 158, Pr. 413. jafn-framarla, -framar, -liga, adv. as forward, as far, just as well, Ld. 254, Bs. i. 778. jafn-frammi, adv. = jafnframt, Sks. 364, Sturl. i. 32: temp., Fms. iii. 218. jafn-framt, adv. = jafnfram, Háv. 42: temp., Sturl. i. 1: along with, with dat., Pass. viii. 9: equally, in the same degree, Ld. 62. jafn-fríðr, adj. as fair, Fms. i. 8: as valuable, K. Þ. K. 172. jafn-frjáls, adj. equally free, Fas. iii. 8. jafn-frjálsliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as freely, as liberally, Hkr. i. 78. jafn-fróðr, adj. as wise, as knowing, Sks. 544. jafn-frægr, adj. as famous, Fas. i. 277. jafn-frækn, adj. equally gallant, Edda. jafn-fullr, adj. as full, Grág. i. 20, 68, Gþl. 477. jafn-fúinn, adj. equally rotten, jafn-fúss, adj. equally willing, Sturl. i. 190. jafn-færr, adj. as able, Nj. 97. jafn-fætis, adv. on equal footing; standa j. e-m, Sturl. ii. 134, Hkr. ii. 153. jafn-gamall, adj. of the same age, Ld. 108, Fms. i. 60, xi. 96. jafn-geði, n. evenness of temper, Sks. 435. jafn-gefinn, part. equally given to, Fas. i. 268. jafn-gegnt, adv. just opposite to, Sks. 63, Fms. ix. 463; see gegnt. jafn-girnd, f. and jafn-girni, f. fairness, equity, Sks. 273, 639, Hom. 17. jafn-gjarn, adj. as eager, Hom. 19: as equitable, Sks. 355, Hom. 135, Karl. 495. jafn-gjarna (- gjarnliga), adv. as willingly, as readily, Fms. iii. 45 (v. l.), ix. 508, Stj. jafn-glaðr, adj. as glad, as cheerful, Eb. 88: neut., mér er ekki jafnglatt sem áðr, Fas. i. 106. jafn-glöggt, n. adj. as clearly, Bs. i. 352. jafn-góðr, adj. equally good, as good, Nj. 18, Eg. 54, Gþl. 233, N. G. L. i. 347, Dipl. v. 16: unhurt, none the worse, see (II) above. jafn-góðviljaðr, adj. with equally good will, Stj. 629. jafn-grannr, adj. equally thin. jafn-grimmliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as fiercely, Th. jafn-grimmr, adj. as fierce, Sks. 79. jafn-grunnr, adj. as shallow. jafn-gæfr, adj. as meek, Rb. 397. jafn-göfigr, adj. as good, as famous, Sturl. iii. 11, Bs. i. 133. jafn-görla, adv. as clearly, Grág. i. 299, Fms. ii. 171, Fas. i. 271. jafn-hafðr, part. equally used, N. G. L. i. 249. jafn-hagliga, adv. as skilfully, Krók. 53. jafn-hagr, adj. as skilful in handiwork, Nj. 147. jafn-harðr, adj. as hard, as severe, Nj. 79: neut. jafn-hart, as fast, Fas. iii. 488: jafn-harðan, adv. instantly. jafn-harðsnúinn, part. as hard-twisted, as tight, Nj. 79. jafn-hár, adj. as high, as tall, as loud, Rb. 112, 474, Fas. ii. 79: of metre, see hár (I. 3), Fms. vi. 386, Skálda 182, 190: neut., Stj. 79. jafnhátta-góðr, adj. as well-mannered, Ld. 174. jafn-heilagr, adj. as holy, as inviolable, Sks. 674, Grág. i. 90. jafn-heill, adj. as hale, as whole, Eg. 425, v. l. jafn-heimoll, adj. equally open to use, Eg. 47, Ld. 70, Gþl. 214, 353: equally bound, 57. jafn-heimskr, adj. equally stupid, Fms. ii. 156, Sd. 178. jafn-heitr, adj. as hot, Sks. 540. jafn-hentr, adj. as well fitted, Sturl. i. 196. jafn-hlær, adj. equally snug, Rb. 440. jafn-hollr, adj. equally sincere, Orkn. 166. jafn-hógværliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as meekly, Krók. 36. jafn-hógværr, adj. as gentle. jafn-hraustr, adj. as valiant, Fms. ii. 356, Krók. 51. jafn-hryggr, adj. as distressed, Hkr. iii. 269. jafn-hugaðr, adj. even-tempered, Sks. 24: of one mind, 300: as daring. jafn-hvass, adj. as sharp, Ld. 306: blowing as hard. jafn-hvatr, adj. as bold, as quick, Sturl. i. 112, v. l. jafn-hvítr, adj. equally white. jafn-hæðiligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), as ridiculous, Fas. iii. 91. jafn-hægr, adj. equally easy, ready, meek, Fms. ii. 106, Fær. 69, Grág. i. 264, ii. 257. jafn-hættr, adj. as dangerous, Sks. 540. jafn-höfigr, adj. as heavy, Rb. 102, Edda 38. jafn-ílla, adv. as badly, Fms. viii. 140 (v. l.), Ísl. ii. 181. jafn-ílliligr, adj. (-liga, adv.) as ill-looking, Fas. ii. 207. jafn-íllr, adj. equally bad, Grág. ii. 145, Fas. ii. 513. jafn-kaldr, adj. as cold, Sks. 215. jafn-keypi, n. an equal bargain, Fs. 25. jafn-kominn, part. on even terms, Sks. 455: neut. an even match, jafnkomit er á með ykkr, ye are well-matched, Nj. 59; hann kvað jafnkomit með þeim fyrir aldrs sakir, Fms. iii. 76; jafnkomnir til erfðar, with equal title to, Grág. i. 304; jafnkomnir til fyrir ættar sakir, Fms. i. 220; jafnkomnir at frændsemi, Ísl. ii. 315. jafn-kosta, adj. well-matched, good enough, of wedlock, Stj. 204. jafn-kostgæfinn, adj. equally painstaking, Bs. i. 681. jafn-krappr, adj. as straight, narrow; í jafnkrappan stað, in such a strait, Ld. 168. jafn-kringr, adj. equally dexterous, Sks. 381. jafn-kristinn, adj. a fellow Christian, Jb. 92, Barl. 44. jafn-kunnigr, adj. as well known, Grett. 162 A: knowing as well. jafn-kunnr, adj. as well known, Hom. 90. jafn-kurteis, adj. as courteous, Sturl. i. 165. jafn-kyrr, adj. as quiet. jafn-kýta, t, with dat. = jafnyrða. jafn-kænn, adj. as ‘cunning,’ as well versed, Stj. 561. jafn-kærr, adj. as dear, as beloved, Fms. i. 215, xi. 319. jafn-langr, adj. as long, equally long, Fms. xi. 376, Gþl. 350, 355, Ísl. ii. 219, Grág. i. 406, Edda 138 ( of the same length): neut., en ef þær segja jafnlangt, if they say both the same, Grág. i. 7. jafn-lágr, adj. equally low. jafn-leiðr, adj. equally loathed, Fms. viii. 240. jafn-leiki, n. = jafnleikit. jafn-leikit, n. part. an equal game, Fms. xi. 131. jafn-lendi, n. a level, even piece of ground, Eg. 584. jafn-lengd, f. ‘even-length,’ the return to the same time in the next day, week, month, year, etc.: of a day, til jafnlengdar annars dags, Grág. ii. 16, Stj. 49; þann sama dag tók Gormr konungr sótt, ok andaðisk annan dag at jafnlengdinni, Fms. i. 119, Fas. ii. 30, 37: of a year, anniversary, skal eigi brullaup vera fyrr en at jafnlengd, Grág. i. 311; tíu aurar sé leigðir eyri til jafnlengdar (a year’s rent), 390; at jafnlengd it síðasta, 487; eigi síðarr en fyrir jafnlengd, Fms. xi. 397; halda hátíð at jafnlengdum, Greg. 13, Hom. 98; jafnlengdar-dagr, 129, Fms. v. 214, Dipl. v. 8; jafnlengdar hátíð, an anniversary, Greg. 13. jafn-lengi, adv. as long, Grág. i. 423, Fms. iii. 9, MS. 732. 7. jafn-léttmæltr, adj. equally easy, just as pleasant in one’s speech, Fms. vii. 227. jafn-léttr, adj. as light, as easy, Sturl. iii. 90: neut. (adverb.), Kjartani var ekki annat jafn-létthjalat, K. liked not to speak of anything so much, Ld. 214. jafn-léttvígr, adj. as ready in wielding arms, Sturl. iii. 90. jafn-liða, adj. with an equal number of men, Eb. 144. jafn-liga, adv. equally, fairly; sýnisk mér eigi j. á komit, Bs. i. 531, Vm. 169; skipta j., Fb. ii. 300: perpetually, all along, always, usually, Fms. i. 191, x. 88, 89, Dipl. v. 8, Rb. 348, 472, Stj. 77. jafn-ligr, adj. equal, fair, Hkr. ii. 149, Háv. 57, Eg. 488; er þat miklu jafnligra, a more equal match, Fms. vii. 115. jafn-líkligr, adj. as likely, Sturl. iii. 7, Lv. 77. jafn-líkr, adj. as like, Lv. 58, Fas. ii. 478: equal, alike, j. sem hornspónar efni, Bs. i. 59. jafn-lítill, adj. as little, Fas. iii. 487. jafn-ljóss, adj. as bright, Bret. 62. jafn-ljótr, adj. as ugly, Fms. iv. 175. jafn-ljúfr, adj. as willing. jafn-lygn, adj. as ‘loun,’ as calm, of the wind. jafn-lyndi, n., fem. in Mar. 848; evenness of temper, Stj., Fagrsk. 132, Bs. i. 141, Mar. passim. jafn-lyndr, adj. even-tempered, Fms. vi. 287, viii. 447 (v. l.) jafn-lýðskyldr, adj. equally bound, as liegemen, Sks. 270. jafn-lærðr, adj. as learned. jafn-magr, adj. equally meagre. jafn-maki, a, m. an equal, a match, Sks. 22, 255. jafn-mannvænn, adj. equally promising, Þorf. Karl. 382. jafn-margr, adj. as many, Nj. 104, Grág. ii. 210, 403, Fms. i. 152, ii. 34. jafn-máttugr, adj. as mighty, Fms. ii. 157, Eluc. 6. jafn-máttuligr, adj. equally possible, 655 xxii. B. jafn-menni, n. an equal, a match, Ld. 132, Ísl. ii. 358, Fms. vi. 345, vii. 103. jafn-menntr, adj. of equal rank, Hrafn. 10. jafn-merkiligr, adj. equally dignified, Bs. i. 148. jafn-mikill, adj. as great, Grág. ii. 264, 403, Fms. i. 1, Gþl. 363: equally big, tall, Fms. x. 202, Nj. 11: neut. as much, Fms. vii. 240, Skálda 168. jafn-mildr, adj. as mild, as gracious, Rb. 366. jafn-minnigr, adj. having as good a memory, Bs. i. 681. jafn-mjúkliga, adv. as meekly, as gently, Lv. 50. jafn-mjúkr, adj. equally soft. jafn-mjök, adv. as much, as strongly, Grág. ii. 140, Skálda 168. jafn-myrkr, adj. equally dark, Skálda 209. jafn-mæli, n. fair play, equality, Fb. i. 407, Fms. vi. 206, Grág. i. 88, 200, Ld. 258, H. E. i. 247, Karl. 99. jafn-naumr, adj. as close. jafn-náinn, adj.; j. at frændsemi, equally near akin, Grág. i. 171, ii. 67, Eb. 124, Ísl. ii. 315, (jafnan, Ed.) jafn-nær, mod. jafn-nærri, adv. equally near: loc., er Ólafs mark j. báðum, Fms. vii. 64, 268, Sks. 63, 216: as near, at honum væri úvarligt at láta jafnmarga heiðna menn vera j. sér, Fms. ii. 34: equally near (by birth), i. 123: metaph., eigi hefir honum jafnnærri gengit újafnaðr þeirra sem mér, Sturl. iii. 238: also jafn-nær, adj. equally nigh, not a whit the better, see (II) above. jafn-nætti, n. the equinox, 673. 54, Stj. 15. jafn-oki, a, m. = jafnmaki, an equal, a match for one, Sks. 22: a play-fellow, Stj. 497, Þiðr. 213. jafn-opt, adv. as often, Nj. 211, Rb. 566, Grág. i. 186. jafn-ótt, adj., neut. as adv., at the same, time, immediately. Pass. 20. 2: one after another, taka e-ð jafnótt og það kemr. jafn-rakkr, adj. as strong, as straight, Ld. 168. jafn-ramr, adj. as mighty, as great a wizard, Vþm. 2. jafn-rangr; adj. as wrong. jafn-ráðinn, part. equally determined, Grett. 149. jafn-reiðr, adj. equally angry, Háv. 52. jafn-rétti, n. an equal right. jafnréttis-maðr, m. a man with equal right, N. G. L. i. 31. jafn-réttr, adj. as right, as lawful, Edda 93, Grág. i. 18: of equal authority, Hkr. iii. 79. jafn-réttvíss, adj. equally just, Sks. 670. jafn-rífligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), as large, Lv. 75. jafn-ríkr, adj. as rich, equally mighty. jafn-rjóðr, adj. as ruddy, Hkr. i. 102. jafn-rúmr, adj. equally large, Bjarn. jafn-ræði, n. an equal match, Fms. ii. 22, Glúm. 350, Nj. 49, Gþl. 215. jafn-röskr, adj. as brisk, as quick, Fms. iii. 225, vi. 96. jafn-saman, adv.; fyrir þessa hugsan alla jafnsaman, all at once, all together, Fms. i. 185, Ld. 326, Ó. H. 46, Stj. 86, 121, Barl. 191. jafn-sannr, adj. equally true, 671. 1, Edda 19, Stj. 471. jafn-sárr, adj. as sore, as smarting, Mar. jafn-seinn, adj. as slow. jafn-sekr, adj. just as guilty, Grág. ii. 64, 89. jafn-síðis, adv. along with. jafn-síðr, adj. as long, of a garment (síðr), Stj. 563. jafn-sjúkr, adj. as sick, Fms. v. 324. jafn-skammr, adj. as short, Al. 129. jafn-skarpliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as briskly, Nj. 199, v. l. jafn-skarpr, adj. as sharp, as keen. jafn-skipti, n. equal, fair dealing. jafn-skiptiliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), equally, mutually, Stj. 159. jafn-skiptr, part. equally shared. jafn-skjótr, adj. as swift, Fms. vii. 169, Rb. 454:—jafn-skjótt, neut. as adv. immediately, at once, Eg. 87, 291, 492, Fms. ii. 10; jafnskjótt sem, as soon as, Nj. 5, Barl. 176, Karl. 409, 441. jafn-skygn, adj. as clear-sighted, 655 xiii. A, Bjarn. 59. jafn-skyldliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as dutifully, Ver. 3. jafn-skyldr, adj. equally bound or obliged, Grág. ii. 362, 403, Gþl. 70, 477, Fms. vii. 274. jafn-sköruliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), equally bold, Nj. 199. jafn-slétta, u, f. even, level ground. jafn-sléttr, adj. equally level, Stj. 79: as easily, Fas. ii. 48. jafn-slægr, adj. as cunning, Fær. 99. jafn-snarpr, adj. (-snarpligr, adj., -liga, adv.), as sharp, Fms. vi. 156. jafn-snarr, adj. as alert. jafn-snart, adj., neut. as adv., as soon, instantly, Fas. iii. 434, Matth. xxvii. 48. jafn-snauðr, adj. as poor. jafn-snemma, adv. at the very same moment, of a coincidence, Eg. 425, Nj. 253, Fms. vi. 221; allir j., all at once, ix. 506, xi. 368 ( both together); vóru þessir atburðir margir jafnsnemma, en sumir litlu fyrr eðr síðar, Hkr. ii. 368. jafn-snjallr, adj. equal, Glúm., Bjarn. (in a verse). jafn-spakr, adj. equally wise, Hm. 53. jafn-sparr, adj. as saving, as close, Grág. i. 197, 222. jafn-sterkr, adj. as strong, Fms. i. 43. jafn-stirðr, adj. as stiff. jafn-stórlátr, adj. as proud, Ld. 116. jafn-stórliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as proudly, Ölk. 34. jafn-stórr, adj. as big, as great. jafn-stórættaðr, adj. of equally high birth, Fms. iv. 26. jafn-stríðr, adj. as hard, severe, Sks. 639. jafn-stuttr, adj. equally short, brief. jafn-syndligr, adj. as sinful, Sks. 674. jafn-sætr, adj. as sweet, Fb. i. 539. jafn-sætti, n. an agreement on equal terms, Nj. 21, Sturl. iii 253, Fb. i. 126. jafn-tamr, adj. equally alert. jafn-tefli, n. an equal, drawn game, Vígl. 32. jafn-tengdr, part. in equal degrees of affinity, Grág. ii. 183. jafn-tíðhjalat, n. part. as much talked about, Nj. 100. jafn-tíðrætt, n. adj. = jafntíðhjalat, Nj. 100. jafn-tíguliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), equally lordly, Fms. x. 109. jafn-títt, n. adj. as often, as frequent, Niðrst. 10. jafn-torogætr, adj. as rarely to be got, choice, Bs. i. 143. jafn-torsótligr, adj. as hard to get at, Fms. x. 358. jafn-trauðr, adj. as unwilling. jafn-traustr, adj. as much to be trusted, Fms. vi. 244. jafn-trúr, jafn-tryggr, adj. as faithful. jafn-undarligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), as strange, Sks. 80. jafn-ungr, adj. as young, Fms. iii. 60, iv. 383. jafn-úbeint, n. adj. as far from the mark, of a bad shot, Fms. viii. 140. jafn-úfærr, adj. as unpassable, Sturl. iii. 163. jafn-úhefnisamr, adj. as tame, Rb. 366. jafn-úráðinn, part. as irresolute, Grett. 153. jafn-úspakr, adj. as unruly, Sturl. ii. 63. jafn-útlagr, adj. having to lay out the same fine, N. G. L. i. 158. jafn-vandhæfr, adj. as dangerous to keep, treat, Grág. i. 89. jafn-vandliga, adv. as carefully, Grág. ii. 249. jafn-varliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as warily, Fms. vii. 127. jafn-varmr, adj. as warm, Sks. 217. jafn-varr, adj. as well aware, as much on one’s guard, Dropl. 28. jafn-vaskliga, adv. as gallantly, Fms. vii. 127, Ld. 272. jafn-vaskligr, adj. as gallant. jafn-vaskr, adj. as bold, Str. 3. jafn-vátr, adj. equally wet. jafn-veginn, part. of full weight, Stj. 216. jafn-vegit, n. a law phrase, used when an equal number has been slain on both sides, in which case there were no further proceedings, Glúm. 383, Fas. ii. 208. jafn-vel, adv. as well, equally well, Nj. 48, Eg. 111, Gþl. 354: likewise, hafa fyrirgört fé ok friði ok jafnvel óðals-jörðum sínum, 142; en þenna eið skulu jafnvel biskupar ábyrgjask við Guð …, jafnvel sem ( as well as) hinir úlærðu, 57; jafnvel af sænum sem af landinu, Al. 2; ok jamvel sendir jarl þeim mönnum orð, sem …, Fms. xi. 120: even, dögföll um nætr jafnvel at heiðskírum veðrum, Stj. 17; jafnvel eptir þat er þau misgörðu, 40; jafnvel sýniliga, j. oss önduðum, 9, Bs. i. 549, Barl. 170, 176, Gísl. 83; this last sense is very freq. in mod. usage. jafn-velviljaðr, part. as well wishing, Sks. 312. jafn-vesall, adj. as wretched, Krók. 54. jafn-virði, n. equal wirth, Bs. i. 9, Al. 48. jafn-vægi, n. equal weight, equilibrium, Hkr. ii. 250, Fas. i. 121; bóandi ok húsfreyja j. sitt, i. e. both of them equally, N. G. L. i. 6. jafn-vægja, ð, to weigh the same as another, Fms. iii. 120. jafn-vægr, adj. of equal weight, Sks. 644. jafn-vænn, adj. equally fine, handsome, promising, Fms. x. 429, Sturl. iii. 67. jafn-vætta, t, to weigh against, counterbalance, Stj. 13, Þorst. Síðu H. 14. jafn-yrða, ð, with dat. to altercate, bandy words, Sturl. iii. 213. jafn-þarfr, adj. as useful, Arnor. jafn-þéttr, adj. pressed as closely together. jafn-þjófgefinn, adj. as thievish. jafn-þolinmóðr, adj. as patient, Rb. 366. jafn-þolinn, adj. as enduring. jafn-þreyttr, part. as weary. jafn-þrifinn, adj. as cleanly. jafn-þröngr, adj. as tight. jafn-þungr, adj. as heavy, pressing, Fms. v. 264, Stj. 278. jafn-þurr, adj. equally dry. jafn-þykkr, adj. as thick, Hkr. iii. 159. jafn-þyrstr, part. as thirsty. jafn-æfr, adj. as impetuous. jafn-æstr, part. equally excited, Band. 34 new Ed. jafn-örr, adj. as eager, as liberal. jafn-öruggr, adj. as firm, steadfast.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > JAFN

  • 12 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 13 of

    ɔv (полная форма) ;
    (редуцированная форма) предл.
    1) указывает на отношение принадлежности;
    передается род. падежом а) указывает на "владельца", кому принадлежит pages of a book ≈ страницы книги б) указывает на объект принадлежности the owner of a car ≈ владелец автомобиля
    2) выражает объект действия в отглагольных существительных
    3) указывает на деятеля или создателя а) после существительных б) после глагола в пассиве;
    может передаваться твор. падежом Everything seems to be done of those who govern Spain to keep travellers out of that country. ≈ Теми, кто управляет Испанией, кажется было сделано все, чтобы не допустить путешественников в эту страну.
    4) указывает на деятеля - носителя качества или свойства, выраженного прилагательным;
    при этом деятель является логическим субъектом придаточного предложения с инфинитивным предикатом или реже придаточного, вводимого союзом that It is clever of him to go there. ≈ Умно, что он туда поехал. It was careless of you to leave the door unlocked. ≈ Вы были очень легкомысленны, оставив дверь незапертой.
    5) указывает на отношение части и целого;
    передается род. разделительным (партитивом)
    6) указывает на содержимое какого-л. вместилища
    7) указывает на состав, структуру pack of wolvesстая волков herd of horses ≈ табун лошадей family of a dozen personsсемья из 12 человек
    8) после слов типа class, order, genus, species, kind, sort, manner и т. п. указывает на класс, вид, разновидность и т. п. It was a sort of travelling school. ≈ Это было нечто вроде школы по туризму. Of the eagle, there are but few species. ≈ Кроме орлов существует лишь несколько разновидностей.
    9) указывает на выделение лица/предмета из множества аналогичных лиц/предметов holy of holies ≈ святая святых
    10) из о материале, из которого что-л. сделано
    11) указывает на вкус, запах и т. п.;
    передается тв. падежом
    12) указывает на качество, свойство, возраст;
    часто передается род. падежом
    13) указывает на область распространения какого-л. качества, свойства to be hard of hearingбыть тугоухим, плохо слышать
    14) указывает на причину от;
    из-за;
    в результате, по причине sick of inaction ≈ уставший от бездействия He died of pneumonia. ≈ Он умер от воспаления легких. He did it of necessity. ≈ Он сделал это по необходимости.
    15) указывает на источник от, у I learned it of him. ≈ Я узнал это от него. He asked it of me. ≈ Он спросил это у меня.
    16) указывает на происхождение из He comes of a worker's family. ≈ Он из рабочей семьи.
    17) указывает на направление, положение в пространстве, расстояние от
    18) указывает на объект избавления, лишения от;
    передается тж. род. падежом to cure of a disease/illness ≈ вылечить от болезни
    19) указывает на время
    20) указывает на количество в
    21) указывает на предмет разговора, слуха и т. п. о, об, относительно
    22) указывает на предмет подозрений, обвинений и т. п. в
    23) вводит приложение
    24) употребляется в неразложимых словосочетаниях с предшествующим определяющим существительным указывает на: принадлежность - передается род. падежом - the garden of my neighbour сад моего соседа - the nest of the bird гнездо птицы владение чем-л. - передается род. падежом - the owner of the house владелец дома, домовладелец - a man of property собственник авторство - передается род. падежом - the stories of Edgar Poe рассказы Эдгара По - the phonograph of Edison фонограф Эдисона принадлежность к какой-л. организации или участие в работе какого-л. органа - передается род. падежом - he is a member of the Communist party он член коммунистической партии родственные, дружеские, деловые и др. связи в обороте, включающем существительное в притяжательном падеже или притяжательное местоименение обыкн. в абсолютной форме - he is a friend of mine он мой друг;
    это один из моих друзей - is he a friend of your father's? он друг вашего отца? - that precious brother of hers (ироничное) ее драгоценный братец - it's no business of yours это не ваше дело, это вас не касается - a volume of Shakespeare's один из томов (собрания сочинений) Шекспира указывает на: составную часть чего-л - передается род. падежом - the roof of the house крыша дома - the leg of the table ножка стола соотношение части и целого: из;
    передается тж. род. падежом - there parts of the whole три четверти всего количества - one of them один из них - most of us большинство из нас - of the twenty only one was present из двадцати присутствовал только один - there is smth. of good in every man в каждом человеке есть что-то хорошее - taste of the soup (книжное) отведайте супа - part of the way часть пути определенное количество чего-л. - передается род. падежом - a cup of tea чашка чаю - a tin of sardines банка сардин - a yard of silk ярд шелка - a foot of ground фут земли - a piece of chalk кусок мела - how much of it do you want? сколько вам дать этого? указывает на выделение лица или предмета из группы лиц или предметов: из - the bravest of the brave храбрейший из храбрых - the holy of holies святая святых - a man of a thousand один из тысячи - on this day of all days именно в этот день - you have had the best of teachers вас учили лучшие учителя указывает на: качество, свойство или особенность - передается род. падежом;
    в сочетании с существительным передается тж. прилагательным - of good quality хорошего качества - a man of talent талантливый человек - a man of genius гений - a man of importance важный человек, важная персона - a friendship of old standing старая дружба - a period of plenty период изобилия - a state of rest состояние покоя - a flag of three colours трехцветный флаг - tomatoes of my own growing помидоры, выращенные на моем участке, поле и т. п., выращенные мною помидоры количественную характеристику: в, из - a ship of 700 tons судно водоизмещением в 700 тонн - a family of eight cемья из восьми человек возраст - передается род. падежом - a boy of fourteen мальчик четырнадцати лет указывает на сферу распространения качества или признака - вместе со следующим существительным часто переводится сложным прилагательным - hard of heart жестокосердный - black of eye черноглазый - nimble of foot быстроногий - he is hard of hearing он тугоух указывает на: материал: из;
    передается тж. род. падежом - a box of ivory шкатулка (из) слоновой кости - made of wood сделанный из дерева - what is it made of? из чего это сделано? - a house of cards карточный домик состав, содержание или структуру - передается род. падежом - a collection of pictures собрание картин - a book of poems сборник стихов - a bunch of keys связка ключей - a pack of wolves стая волков - to be composed of smth. быть составленным из чего-л. запах, вкус - передается твор. падежом - it smelled of hay пахло сеном - the fish tasted of onions рыба отдавала луком - the room smelled of mice в комнате пахло мышами указывает на: происхождение или источник: из;
    передается тж. род. падежом - he comes of a good family он происходит их хорошей семьи - workers of Ohio рабочие из (штата) Огайо - there was one child of that marriage от этого брак5а родился один ребенок - man of humble origin человек незнатного рода - of royal decent из королевского рода отнесение к какому-л. времени иди периоду - передается род. падежом - men of Forty Eight люди сорок восьмого года - within a year of his death через год после его смерти звание, титул и т. п. - передается род, падежом - Doctor of Medicine доктор медицины - Master of Arts магистр искусств;
    магистр гуманитарных наук указывает на причину, основание: от, из-за, по - to do smth. of necessity сделать что-л. по необходимости - to do smth. of one's own accord сделать что-л. по (своему) собственному желанию - to die of starvation умереть от голода - for fear of из страха перед (чем-л.), из-за (чего-л.) - I have done this of my own will я сделал это по собственной воле - I am sick of endless delays я устал от бесконечных задержек указывает на направление, расстояние или удаленность от какого-л. пункта: от, к - within a mile of the station в миле от станции - south of London к югу от Лондона - a mile east of the port на расстоянии мили к востоку от порта указывает на: минуты( при определении времени по часам): без;
    передается тж. род. падежом - twenty of twelve (американизм) без двадцати двенадцать;
    сорок минут двенадцатого название месяца после даты - передается род. падежом - the first of May первое мая - the second of June второе июня (редкое) время совершения повторного действия: по;
    вместе с существительным передается тж. наречием - of an evening по вечерам, вечерами - of a Saturday по субботам - what do you do of a Saturday? что вы делаете по субботам? - to sit up late of nights (диалектизм) поздно ложиться спать период времени: в течение - I have not seen him of a long time я давно не видел его употребляется: в оборотах, где в качестве образного эпитета выступает определяемое - a palace of a house роскошный дом;
    не дом, а дворец - a box of a room клетушка, каморка - what a mountain of a wave! какая огромная волна! с приложением, выраженным именем собственным - the city of Dublin город Дублин - the Isle of Wight остров Уайт - by the name of Mary по имени Мэри - the month of May месяц май с ослабленным значением употребляется в определительных оборотах к существительным - передается род, падежом;
    тж. вместе с существительным передается прилагательным - the laws of perspective законы перспективы - standard of living уровень жизни - source of information источник сведений - the name of the street название улицы - a cloud of smoke облако дыма - a word of encouragement доброе слово;
    одобрение раскрывает содержание предшествующего существительного - передается род. падежом - the fact of your speaking to him тот факт, что вы с ним разговаривали указывает на: объект действия - передается род. падежом - education of children обучение детей - explanation of a word объяснение слова - love of study любовь к занятиям - writing of letters писание писем - levying of taxes взимание налогов субъект дейтсвия, выраженного существительным - передается род. падежом;
    в сочетании с существительным передается прилагательным - the love of a mother любовь матери;
    материнская любовь субъект действия, выраженного инфинитивом: с ( чьей-л.) стороны - it is clever of you to act so с вашей стороны умно действовать подобным образом( устаревшее) субъект действия после глагола в пассиве - передается твор. падежом - beloved of all любимый всеми - forsaken of God and man забытый богом и людьми указывает на: тему разговора, предмет рассуждений, воспоминаний и т. п.: о, об, относительно - to speak of smb., smth. говорить о ком-л., что-л. - it is you I'm thinking of я думаю о вас - not that I know of я, по крайней мере, ничего об этом не знаю предмет подозрений, опасений, страха, зависти и т. п.;
    передается тж. косвенными падежами - to suspect smb. of smth. подозревать кого-л. в чем-л - to accuse smb. of smth. обвинять кого-л. в чем-л. - to be guilty of smth. быть виновным в чем-л. - to be sure of smth. быть уверенным в чем-л. - to be aware of smth. знать что-л. - it admits of no doubt в этом не приходится сомневаться /нет сомнения/ - he was ashamed of being so late ему было стыдно, что он пришел так поздно - he had such hopes of it он так на это надеялся указывает на: освобождение или избавление от чего-л.: от - free of smth. свободный от чего-л. - to cure smb. of smth. вылечить кого-л. от чего-л. - to relieve smb. of anxiety избавить кого-л. от беспокойства - trees bare of leaves оголенные деревья - free of customs duty не облагаемый таможенной пошлиной лишение, изъятие чего-л.: от;
    передается тж. род. падежом - to be deprived of smth. быть лишенным чего-л. - he was robbed of his purse у него украли кошелек - he was cheated of $5 его обсчитали на 5 долларов лицо, у которого что-л. берут, просят, требуют и т. п.: у;
    передается тж. род. падежом - to ask a favour of smb. просить кого-л. о любезности - to borrow smth. of smb. взять взаймы что-л. у кого-л. (устаревшее) указывает на цель: с;
    по - house of prayer молитвенный дом - to send of an errand послать с поручением в сочетаниях: - full of полный - full of water полный воды - full of energy полный энергии, энергичный - plenty of много - plenty of time много времени - of no account не имеющий значения - of (great) interest представляющий (большой) интерес - of age совершеннолетний - of a certainty несомненно, бесспорно;
    наверняка - of a child с детства - of a child he was sickly он был болезненным с детства - of all men, of all people уж кто-кто, a... - he of all men should be grateful уж он-то во всяком случае должен бы быть благодарен - well what of it? ну и что (из этого) ? - of oneself по своему желанию;
    без посторонней помощи - it came about of itself это произошло само по себе - of late недавно - of old давно;
    в давние времена - I know him of old я знаю его очень давно - what has become of him? что с ним стало? - no more of that! хватит!, довольно! - this kind of thing вещи такого рода - all of a tremble весь дрожа;
    в сильном волнении - he is one of us он свой (разговорное) (диалектизм) выполняет роль вспомогательного глагола: - she meant to of written you она собиралась написать тебе - he should of asked me first ему бы сначала следовало спросить у меня of prep в;
    to suspect of theft подозревать в воровстве;
    to accuse of a lie обвинять во лжи;
    to be guilty of bribery быть виновным во взяточничестве ~ prep указывает на принадлежность;
    передается род. падежом: the house of my ancestors дом моих предков;
    articles of clothing предметы одежды of prep в;
    to suspect of theft подозревать в воровстве;
    to accuse of a lie обвинять во лжи;
    to be guilty of bribery быть виновным во взяточничестве to be sure (~ smth.) быть уверенным (в чем-л.) sure: well, I am ~! вот те раз!;
    однако!;
    sure thing! безусловно!, конечно!;
    to be sure разумеется, конечно well: if you promise that, ~ and good если вы обещаете это, тогда хорошо;
    well, to be sure вот тебе раз! the devil ~ a worker не работник а просто дьявол;
    a beauty of a girl красавица ~ prep вводит приложение: the city of New York город НьюЙорк;
    by the name of John по имениДжон ~ prep вводит приложение: the city of New York город НьюЙорк;
    by the name of John по имениДжон ~ prep указывает на объект действия;
    передается род. падежом: a creator of a new trend in art создатель нового направления в искусстве ~ prep указывает на объект избавления от;
    to cure of a disease (или illness) вылечить от болезни;
    to get rid of a cold избавиться от простуды ~ prep указывает на деятеля;
    передается род. падежом: the deeds of our heroes подвиги наших героев the devil ~ a worker не работник а просто дьявол;
    a beauty of a girl красавица ~ prep указывает на материал, из которого (что-л.) сделано из;
    a dress of silk платье из шелка;
    a wreath of flowers венок из цветов ~ prep указывает на количество единиц измерения в;
    a farm of 100 acres ферма площадью в 100 акров;
    a fortune of 1000 pounds состояние в 1000 фунтов ~ prep употребляется в неразложимых словосочетаниях с предшествующим определяющим существительным: a fool of a man глупый человек, просто дурень ~ prep указывает на количество единиц измерения в;
    a farm of 100 acres ферма площадью в 100 акров;
    a fortune of 1000 pounds состояние в 1000 фунтов ~ prep указывает на объект избавления от;
    to cure of a disease (или illness) вылечить от болезни;
    to get rid of a cold избавиться от простуды a girl ~ ten девочка лет десяти;
    a man of talent талантливый человек ~ prep указывает на содержимое (какого-л.) вместилища;
    передается род. падежом: a glass of milk стакан молока;
    a pail of water ведро воды ~ prep указывает на источник от, у;
    I learned it of him я узнал это от него;
    he asked it of me он спросил это у меня ~ prep указывает на происхождение из;
    he comes of a worker's family он из рабочей семьи he did it ~ necessity он сделал это по необходимости ~ prep указывает на причину от;
    изза;
    в результате, по причине;
    he died of pneumonia он умер от воспаления легких he ~ all men кто угодно, но не он;
    that he of all men should do it! меньше всего я ожидал этого от него! he reeks ~ tobacco от него разит табаком ~ prep указывает на выделение лица или предмета из множества аналогичных лиц или предметов: holy of holies святая святых ~ prep указывает на принадлежность;
    передается род. падежом: the house of my ancestors дом моих предков;
    articles of clothing предметы одежды ~ prep о, об, относительно;
    I have heard of it я слышал об этом;
    the news of the victory весть о победе ~ prep указывает на источник от, у;
    I learned it of him я узнал это от него;
    he asked it of me он спросил это у меня in search ~ a dictionary в поисках словаря;
    a lover of poetry любитель поэзии ~ prep it is nice ~ you это любезно с вашей стороны;
    it is clever of him to go there умно, что он туда поехал ~ prep указывает на объект лишения;
    передается род. падежом: the loss of power потеря власти in search ~ a dictionary в поисках словаря;
    a lover of poetry любитель поэзии ~ prep указывает на качество, свойство, возраст;
    передается род. падежом: a man of his word человек слова word: ~ обещание, слово;
    to give one's word обещать;
    a man of his word человек слова;
    upon my word! честное слово! a girl ~ ten девочка лет десяти;
    a man of talent талантливый человек some ~ us некоторые из нас;
    a member of congress член конгресса a mouse ~ a woman похожая на мышку женщина ~ prep о, об, относительно;
    I have heard of it я слышал об этом;
    the news of the victory весть о победе ~ prep указывает на время: of an evening вечером;
    of late недавно ~ prep it is nice ~ you это любезно с вашей стороны;
    it is clever of him to go there умно, что он туда поехал ~ prep указывает на время: of an evening вечером;
    of late недавно on application ~ при применении ~ prep указывает на содержимое (какого-л.) вместилища;
    передается род. падежом: a glass of milk стакан молока;
    a pail of water ведро воды ~ prep указывает на отношение части и целого;
    передается род. разделительным: a pound of sugar фунт сахару ~ prep указывает на вкус, запах и т. п.;
    передается тв. падежом: to smell of flowers пахнуть цветами some ~ us некоторые из нас;
    a member of congress член конгресса ~ prep указывает на направление, положение в пространстве, расстояние от;
    south of Moscow к югу от Москвы of prep в;
    to suspect of theft подозревать в воровстве;
    to accuse of a lie обвинять во лжи;
    to be guilty of bribery быть виновным во взяточничестве he ~ all men кто угодно, но не он;
    that he of all men should do it! меньше всего я ожидал этого от него! within 50 miles ~ London в 50 милях от Лондона ~ prep указывает на авторство;
    передается род. падежом: the works of Shakespeare произведения Шекспира ~ prep указывает на материал, из которого (что-л.) сделано из;
    a dress of silk платье из шелка;
    a wreath of flowers венок из цветов

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > of

  • 14 duch

    m 1. (zjawa) ghost, spirit
    - duch zamordowanego rycerza the ghost of a murdered knight
    - historie o duchach ghost stories
    - wywoływać duchy to conjure up ghosts a. spirits
    - bać się duchów to be frightened of ghosts
    - wierzyć w duchy to believe in ghosts a. spirits
    - w duchy wierzysz!iron. you must be joking, are you kidding?
    2. Mitol., Relig. spirit
    - duchy przodków ghosts of ancestors
    - dobre/opiekuńcze duchy good/tutelary spirits
    - duch Boży Bibl. the spirit of God
    - duch nieczysty Bibl. unclean spirit
    - zły duch evil spirit także przen.
    - on jest twoim złym duchem he’s a bad influence on you
    3. Relig. (dusza) soul
    - ubodzy duchem Bibl. the poor in spirit
    - oddać ducha (Bogu)książk. to die
    - wyzionąć ducha pot. to give up the ghost
    - upał był taki, że mało ducha nie wyzionąłem a. że myślałem, że ducha wyzionępot. it was so hot I thought I was going to drop dead a. give up the ghost on the spot pot.
    - leżeć bez ducha to lie (as if) lifeless
    - paść bez ducha to collapse
    4. Filoz. (przeciwieństwo materii) spirit 5. sgt (psychika) spirit, mind; (nastrój) spirits pl
    - wolny/niespokojny duch a free spirit
    - przymioty czyjegoś ducha the attributes of sb’s spirit
    - pogoda ducha cheerfulness
    - być pokarmem dla ducha to be good for the soul
    - w duchu [wierzyć, sądzić, uważać] in one’s heart of hearts
    - śmiać się w duchu to laugh up one’s sleeve
    - w głębi ducha in one’s heart of hearts
    - nieobecny duchem miles away przen.
    - młody duchem young at heart
    - osoba małego/wielkiego ducha a narrow-minded/a generous-spirited person
    - podnieść kogoś na duchu to raise sb’s spirits
    - tracić ducha a. upadać na duchu to lose heart
    - jest mi raźniej na duchu my spirits have risen
    - jest im ciężko na duchu they are in low spirits, their spirits have sunk
    6. (nastawienie) spirit
    - duch współpracy/wspólnoty team/community spirit
    - mieć w sobie ducha przekory to be a contradictory soul
    - okazywać ducha walki/współzawodnictwa to show a fighting/competitive spirit
    - robić coś w duchu optymizmu/pokory/przebaczenia to do sth in a spirit of optimism/humility/forgiveness
    - w duchu społecznym/patriotycznym in a public-spirited/patriotic way
    7. sgt (odwaga) spirit
    - człowiek wielkiego/małego ducha a faint-hearted/courageous person a. individual
    - okazać hart ducha to show spirit
    - złamać czyjegoś ducha to break sb’s spirit
    - tracić ducha to lose spirit a. heart
    - upadać na duchu to become dispirited
    - nabrać ducha to recover one’s courage
    8. sgt (kultury, społeczności) spirit (czegoś of sth); (języka, narodu, epoki) genius książk. (czegoś of sth)
    - duch liberalizmu/chrześcijański liberal/Christian spirit
    - duch czasu the spirit of the times a. age
    - iść z duchem czasu to move with the times
    - w duchu lat 60. in the spirit of the 1960s
    - przestrzegać ducha prawa/umowy to be in the spirit of the law/agreement
    - złamano ducha ustawy the law has been broken in spirit
    - przekład nie oddaje ducha oryginału the translation is not true to the original a. is not in the spirit of the original
    9. (osoba) genius
    - □ Duch Święty Relig. the Holy Spirit a. Ghost
    co duch a. duchem przest. instanter przest.; with all speed
    - wszelki duch (Pana Boga chwali) as I live and breathe!
    - ani żywego ducha not a soul
    - nowy duch wstąpił w a. ożywił kogoś sb has taken heart
    * * *
    -a; m
    spirit; ( zjawa) nom pl; -y ghost

    Duch ŚwiętyREL Holy Spirit lub Ghost

    wyzionąć ( perf) ducha — to give up the ghost

    zły duch — jinx, gremlin; ( osoba) evil genius

    podnosić (podnieść perf) kogoś na duchu — to cheer sb up, to raise sb's spirit

    * * *
    ma
    1. (= wnętrze człowieka) spirit, soul, mind; okazać hart ducha demonstrate l. display l. show fortitude; spokój ducha ease l. peace of mind; w skrytości ducha secretly, deep inside one's mind l. heart; w duchu inwardly; w głębi ducha secretly, inwardly; jesteś jeszcze młody duchem you're still young at heart, your mind is still young; teraz mi raźniej na duchu I am cheered l. heartened now; przebywać gdzieś (daleko) duchem be absent-minded, be engrossed in one's thoughts, seem to be far away.
    2. fil., rel. soul, spirit, ghost; zły duch (= diabeł) devil, Satan; (= osoba) jinx, evil spirit l. genius; dobry duch good spirit; duchy opiekuńcze attendant spirits; oddać Bogu ducha give up the ghost; Bogu ducha winien as innocent as a (new-born) babe; wszelki duch Pana Boga chwali! God! You scared the living daylights out of me!; (God) bless my soul!; where the devil did you come from?!; nie było tam żywego ducha there wasn't a (living) soul there; wyzionąć ducha give up the ghost; upaść bez ducha fall lifeless, drop breathless; ledwie się duch w nim kołacze he is on his last legs; Duch Święty rel. the Holy Spirit l. Ghost.
    3. (= zjawa) ghost, spirit; wywoływać duchy conjure (up) spirits, evoke spirits; zniknąć jak duch disappear like a ghost.
    4. (= usposobienie) spirit; człowiek wielkiego ducha big-hearted person; niespokojny duch restless spirit; buntowniczy duch rebellious spirit.
    5. (= nastrój) spirit, atmosphere, climate; spotkanie odbyło się w duchu pojednania meeting was held in a spirit l. an atmosphere of reconciliation; duch czasów spirit of the times; iść z duchem czasu keep up with the times; duch narodowy national spirit.
    6. (= zapał) spirit; brak wam ducha! you're lacking spirit!; dodać komuś ducha walki hearten sb, get up sb's courage; podnieść kogoś na duchu cheer sb up, raise l. lift sb's spirits; nabrać ducha muster courage, be heartened; odebrać komuś ducha break sb's spirit, take the heart out of sb; nowy duch wstąpił we mnie I recovered my courage, I recovered my will to act; nie traćcie ducha don't lose heart; upadać na duchu lose heart.

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > duch

  • 15 esprit

    esprit [εspʀi]
    1. masculine noun
       a. ( = pensée) mind
    dans mon esprit ça voulait dire... to my mind it meant...
    il m'est venu à l'esprit que... it crossed my mind that...
       b. ( = humour) wit
       d. (Religion, spiritualism) spirit
    esprit, es-tu là ? is there anybody there?
       e. [de loi, époque, texte] spirit
       f. ( = aptitude) avoir l'esprit d'analyse/critique to have an analytical/critical mind
       g. ( = attitude) spirit
    * * *
    ɛspʀi
    nom masculin
    1) ( caractère) mind
    2) ( cerveau) mind
    3) ( humour) wit
    4) ( humeur) mood; ( disposition) spirit; ( ambiance) atmosphere
    5) ( personne) individual

    l'un des plus grands esprits de son temps — one of the greatest minds of his/her time

    6) ( caractéristique) spirit
    7) Philosophie, Religion, Mythologie spirit

    ‘esprit es-tu là?’ — ‘is there anybody there?’

    Phrasal Verbs:
    ••

    perdre ses esprits — ( s'évanouir) to faint; ( être très troublé) to take leave of one's senses

    retrouver or reprendre ses esprits — ( après un malaise) to regain consciousness; ( après une émotion) to collect one's wits

    * * *
    ɛspʀi
    1. nm
    1) (= pensée, intellect, facultés) mind

    avoir l'esprit à faire qch — to be in the mood to do sth, to feel like doing sth

    Ça ne m'est pas venu à l'esprit. — It didn't cross my mind., It never crossed my mind.

    2) (= humour) wit

    Il a beaucoup d'esprit. — He's very witty.

    3) (mentalité, d'une loi) spirit
    2. esprits nmpl

    reprendre ses esprits — to come to, to come round

    * * *
    esprit nm
    1 ( caractère) mind; avoir l'esprit logique/vif to have a logical/quick mind; avoir l'esprit mal placé or tourné to have a dirty mind; avoir l'esprit d'aventure to be adventurous; avoir un esprit de synthèse to be good at synthesizing; avoir l'esprit d'à-propos to have a ready wit; avoir l'esprit de contradiction to be contrary; avoir l'esprit de système to systematize things; avoir l'esprit de sacrifice to be willing to make sacrifices;
    2 ( cerveau) mind; garder l'esprit libre to keep an open mind; l'idée m'a traversé l'esprit the idea crossed my mind; mettre un doute dans l'esprit de qn to sow the seeds of doubt in sb's mind; cela m'était totalement sorti de l'esprit it completely slipped my mind; avoir/garder qch à l'esprit to have/keep sth in mind; mettre qch dans l'esprit de qn to get sb to bear sth in mind; mets-toi bien ça dans l'esprit bear that in mind; dans mon/leur esprit c'était facile the way I/they saw it, it was easy; paresse d'esprit intellectual laziness; cela m'occupe l'esprit it gives me something to think about; cela me repose l'esprit I find it relaxing for the mind; cela ne t'est jamais venu à l'esprit? didn't it ever occur to you?; se transporter en esprit en 1789 to go back mentally to 1789; avoir l'esprit dérangé to be disturbed; avoir l'esprit ailleurs to be miles away; ⇒ simple;
    3 ( humour) wit; pétiller d'esprit to sparkle with wit; avoir de l'esprit to be witty; une réponse pleine d'esprit a witty reply; avec esprit wittily; femme d'esprit witty woman; faire de l'esprit to try to be witty; tous deux rivalisent d'esprit they're each trying to be wittier than the other;
    4 ( humeur) mood; ( disposition) spirit; ( ambiance) atmosphere; avoir l'esprit chagrin to be in a despondent mood; je n'ai pas l'esprit à rire I'm in no mood for laughing; dans un esprit de vengeance/confrontation/compromis in a spirit of revenge/confrontation/compromise; il y a un meilleur esprit the atmosphere has improved;
    5 ( personne) individual; un esprit prudent/rebelle/faible a cautious/rebellious/spineless individual; l'un des plus grands esprits de son temps one of the greatest minds of his/her time; esprit fort freethinker; être un esprit libre to be a free spirit; calmer les esprits to calm people down; les esprits sont échauffés feeling is running high;
    6 ( caractéristique) spirit; conserver l'esprit de l'émission to try to preserve the spirit of the programmeGB; dans l'esprit de l'époque or du temps in the spirit of the age; conforme à/contraire à l'esprit de l'entreprise in accordance with/contrary to the company ethic;
    7 Philos, Relig spirit; les choses de l'esprit spiritual matters;
    8 Mythol spirit; des esprits maléfiques evil spirits; un esprit bienfaisant a kindly spirit; croire aux esprits to believe in ghosts; ‘esprit es-tu là?’ ‘is there anybody there?’;
    9 Ling esprit doux/rude smooth/rough breathing.
    esprit d'à-propos ready wit; esprit de caste class consciousness; avoir l'esprit de caste to be class conscious; esprit de club club spirit; avoir l'esprit de club to be clubbable; esprit de corps solidarity, esprit de corps sout; avoir l'esprit de corps to show solidarity; esprit d'équipe team spirit; avoir l'esprit d'équipe to have team spirit; esprit de famille family solidarity; ils ont l'esprit de famille they're a very close family; je n'ai pas l'esprit de famille I'm not very family-oriented; esprit frappeur poltergeist; Esprit saint Relig Holy Spirit ou Ghost; esprit de sel spirits of salt; esprit de vin spirit of wine.
    perdre ses esprits ( s'évanouir) to faint; ( être très troublé) to take leave of one's senses; retrouver or reprendre ses esprits ( après un malaise) to regain consciousness; ( après une émotion) to collect one's wits; ne pas être un pur esprit to be only flesh and blood; les grands esprits se rencontrent great minds think alike.
    [ɛspri] nom masculin
    1. [manière de penser] mind
    avoir l'esprit étroit/large to be narrow-minded/broad-minded
    avoir l'esprit lent/vif to be slow-witted/quick-witted
    avoir l'esprit d'à-propos to be quick off the mark, to have a ready wit
    2. [facultés, cerveau] mind, head
    as-tu perdu l'esprit? are you out of your mind?, have you completely lost your head?
    maintenant que j'ai fini le rapport, j'ai l'esprit libre now I've finished the report, I can relax
    ça m'a traversé l'esprit it occurred to me, it crossed my mind
    dans mon esprit, la chambre était peinte en bleu in my mind's eye, I saw the bedroom painted in blue
    dans mon esprit, les enfants partaient avant nous what I had in mind was for the children to go before us
    3. [idée] sense
    4. [mentalité] spirit
    esprit de chapelle ou clan ou clocher ou parti parochial attitude
    esprit de compétition/d'équipe competitive/team spirit
    c'est du mauvais esprit he's/they're etc. just trying to make trouble
    5. [humeur]
    6. [personne] mind
    7. [humour] wit
    une remarque pleine d'esprit a witty remark, a witticism
    [ange]
    Esprit malin, Esprit des ténèbres Evil Spirit, Evil One
    9. [fantôme] ghost, spirit
    esprit doux/rude smooth/rough breathing
    11. CHIMIE [partie volatile] spirit
    esprit de sel, esprit-de-sel spirits of salt
    esprit de vin, esprit-de-vin spirits of wine, ethanol
    ————————
    esprits nom masculin pluriel
    a. [après un évanouissement] to regain consciousness, to come to
    b. [se ressaisir] to get a grip on oneself
    dans un esprit de locution prépositionnelle
    dans un esprit de justice in a spirit of justice, in an effort to be fair

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > esprit

  • 16 spirit

    1. noun
    1) in pl. (distilled liquor) Spirituosen Pl.
    2) (mental attitude) Geisteshaltung, die

    in the right/wrong spirit — mit der richtigen/falschen Einstellung

    enter into the spirit of something — innerlich bei einer Sache [beteiligt] sein od. dabei sein

    3) (courage) Mut, der
    4) (vital principle, soul, inner qualities) Geist, der

    in spirit — innerlich; im Geiste

    be with somebody in spiritin Gedanken od. im Geist[e] bei jemandem sein

    5) (real meaning) Geist, der; Sinn, der
    6) (mental tendency) Geist, der; (mood) Stimmung, die

    the spirit of the age or times — der Zeitgeist

    7)

    high spirits — gehobene Stimmung; gute Laune

    in poor or low spirits — niedergedrückt

    8) (liquid obtained by distillation) Spiritus, der; (purified alcohol) reiner Alkohol
    2. transitive verb

    spirit away, spirit off — verschwinden lassen

    * * *
    ['spirit]
    1) (a principle or emotion which makes someone act: The spirit of kindness seems to be lacking in the world nowadays.) der Geist
    2) (a person's mind, will, personality etc thought of as distinct from the body, or as remaining alive eg as a ghost when the body dies: Our great leader may be dead, but his spirit still lives on; ( also adjective) the spirit world; Evil spirits have taken possession of him.) der Geist
    3) (liveliness; courage: He acted with spirit.) der Elan
    - academic.ru/69592/spirited">spirited
    - spiritedly
    - spirits
    - spiritual
    - spiritually
    - spirit level
    * * *
    spir·it
    [ˈspɪrɪt]
    I. n
    1. (sb's soul) Geist m
    his \spirit will be with us always sein Geist wird uns immer begleiten
    to be with sb in \spirit im Geiste bei jdm sein
    2. (ghost) Geist m, Gespenst nt
    evil \spirit böser Geist
    3. (the Holy Spirit)
    the S\spirit der Heilige Geist
    4. no pl (mood) Stimmung f
    that's the \spirit das ist die richtige Einstellung
    we acted in a \spirit of co-operation wir handelten im Geiste der Zusammenarbeit
    the \spirit of the age der Zeitgeist
    the \spirit of brotherhood/confidence/forgiveness der Geist der Brüderlichkeit/des Vertrauens/der Vergebung
    the \spirit of Christmas die weihnachtliche Stimmung
    fighting \spirit Kampfgeist m
    party \spirit Partystimmung f
    team \spirit Teamgeist m
    to enter [or get into] the \spirit of sth Gefallen an etw dat finden
    try to get into the \spirit of things! versuch dich in die Sachen hineinzuversetzen!
    \spirits pl Gemütsverfassung f kein pl
    her \spirits rose as she read the letter sie bekam neuen Mut, als sie den Brief las
    keep your \spirits up lass den Mut nicht sinken
    to be in high/low \spirits in gehobener/gedrückter Stimmung sein
    to be out of \spirits schlecht gelaunt sein
    to dash sb's \spirits auf jds Stimmung drücken
    to lift sb's \spirits jds Stimmung heben
    6. (person) Seele f
    brave/generous \spirit mutige/gute Seele
    the moving \spirit of sth die treibende Kraft einer S. gen
    7. no pl (character) Seele f
    to have a broken \spirit seelisch gebrochen sein
    to be troubled in \spirit etw auf der Seele lasten haben
    to be young in \spirit geistig jung geblieben sein
    8. no pl (vitality) Temperament nt; of a horse Feuer nt
    to perform/sing with \spirit mit Inbrunst spielen/singen
    with \spirit voller Enthusiasmus; horse feurig
    9. no pl (intent) Sinn m
    you did not take my comment in the \spirit in which it was meant du hast meine Bemerkung nicht so aufgenommen, wie sie gemeint war
    the \spirit of the law der Geist [o Sinn] des Gesetzes
    10. (whisky, rum, etc.)
    \spirits pl Spirituosen pl
    11. (alcoholic solution) Spiritus m
    \spirits of turpentine Terpentinöl nt
    12. CHEM Spiritus m
    \spirit of ammonia Ammoniumhydroxid nt, Salmiakgeist m
    \spirit of melissa Melissengeist m
    13.
    the \spirit is willing but the flesh is weak ( saying) der Geist ist willig, aber das Fleisch ist schwach prov
    II. n modifier (world) Geister-
    III. vt
    to \spirit sb/sth away [or off] jdn/etw verschwinden lassen [o wegzaubern]
    * * *
    ['spIrɪt]
    1. n
    1) (= soul) Geist m

    the spirit is willing (but the flesh is weak) — der Geist ist willig(, aber das Fleisch ist schwach)

    2) (= supernatural being, ghost) Geist m
    3) (= leading person of age, movement etc) Geist m; (of party, enterprise) Kopf m
    4) no pl (= courage) Mut m, Schneid m; (= vitality, enthusiasm) Elan m, Schwung m

    to break sb's spirit —

    5) (= mental attitude of country, group of people, doctrine, reform etc) Geist m; (= mood) Stimmung f

    a spirit of optimism/rebellion — eine optimistische/rebellische Stimmung

    to do sth in a spirit of optimism/humility — etw voll Optimismus/voller Demut tun

    in a spirit of forgiveness/revenge — aus einer vergebenden/rachsüchtigen Stimmung heraus

    he has the right spiriter hat die richtige Einstellung

    to enter into the spirit of sth —

    that's the spirit! (inf)so ists recht! (inf)

    6) no pl (= intention) Geist m

    the spirit of the lawder Geist or Sinn des Gesetzes

    to take sth in the right/wrong spirit — etw richtig/falsch auffassen

    to take sth in the spirit in which it was intended —

    7) pl (= state of mind) Stimmung f, Laune f; (= courage) Mut m

    to be in good/low spirits — guter/schlechter Laune sein

    8) pl (= alcohol) Branntwein m, Spirituosen pl, geistige Getränke pl
    9) (CHEM) Spiritus m
    2. vt

    to spirit sb/sth away or off — jdn/etw verschwinden lassen or wegzaubern

    to spirit sb out of a room etcjdn aus einem Zimmer etc wegzaubern

    * * *
    spirit [ˈspırıt]
    A s
    1. allg Geist m:
    the spirit is willing but the flesh is weak der Geist ist willig, aber das Fleisch ist schwach
    2. Geist m, Lebenshauch m
    3. Geist m:
    a) Seele f (eines Toten)
    b) Gespenst n
    4. Spirit (göttlicher) Geist
    5. Geist m, (innere) Vorstellung:
    6. (das) Geistige, Geist m:
    the world of the spirit die geistige Welt
    7. Geist m:
    a) Gesinnung f, (Gemein- etc) Sinn m:
    spirit of the party Parteigeist
    b) Charakter m: contradiction 1
    c) Sinn m:
    that’s the spirit! umg so ist’s recht!; enter into 4
    8. meist pl Gemütsverfassung f, Stimmung f:
    a) Hochstimmung,
    b) Ausgelassenheit f;
    in high (low) spirits in gehobener (gedrückter) Stimmung;
    keep up one’s spirits sich bei Laune halten;
    as ( oder if, when) the spirit moves ( oder takes) one wenn einem danach zumute ist
    9. fig Feuer n, Schwung m, Elan m, Mut m, pl auch Lebensgeister pl:
    full of spirits voll Feuer, voller Schwung;
    when(ever) the spirit moves me wenn es mich überkommt, wenn ich Lust dazu verspüre; break1 B 8
    10. (Mann m von) Geist m, Kopf m
    11. fig Seele f, treibende Kraft (eines Unternehmens etc)
    12. the spirit of the age ( oder times) der Zeitgeist
    13. CHEM
    a) Spiritus m:
    spirit varnish Spirituslack m
    b) Destillat n, Geist m, Spiritus m:
    spirit of nitrous ether PHARM Hoffmannstropfen pl;
    spirit(s pl) of hartshorn Hirschhorn-, Salmiakgeist;
    spirits pl of wine Weingeist; turpentine 2
    14. pl Spirituosen pl, stark alkoholische Getränke pl
    15. auch pl CHEM US Alkohol m
    16. Färberei: ( besonders Zinn)Beize f
    B v/t
    1. oft spirit up aufmuntern
    2. oft spirit off wegzaubern, verschwinden lassen
    * * *
    1. noun
    1) in pl. (distilled liquor) Spirituosen Pl.
    2) (mental attitude) Geisteshaltung, die

    in the right/wrong spirit — mit der richtigen/falschen Einstellung

    take something in the spirit in which it is meant — etwas so auffassen, wie es gemeint ist

    enter into the spirit of something — innerlich bei einer Sache [beteiligt] sein od. dabei sein

    3) (courage) Mut, der
    4) (vital principle, soul, inner qualities) Geist, der

    in spirit — innerlich; im Geiste

    be with somebody in spirit — in Gedanken od. im Geist[e] bei jemandem sein

    5) (real meaning) Geist, der; Sinn, der
    6) (mental tendency) Geist, der; (mood) Stimmung, die

    the spirit of the age or times — der Zeitgeist

    7)

    high spirits — gehobene Stimmung; gute Laune

    in poor or low spirits — niedergedrückt

    8) (liquid obtained by distillation) Spiritus, der; (purified alcohol) reiner Alkohol
    2. transitive verb

    spirit away, spirit off — verschwinden lassen

    * * *
    n.
    Elan nur sing. m.
    Feuer -- n.
    Geist -er m.
    Gespenst -er n.
    Seele -n f.
    Spiritus m.
    Sprit nur sing. m.

    English-german dictionary > spirit

  • 17 près

    près [pʀε]
    adverb
    (dans l'espace, dans le temps) close
    il habite assez/tout près he lives quite/very near or close
    c'est plus/moins près que je ne croyais (espace) it's nearer than/further than I thought ; (temps) it's sooner than/further off than I thought
    cela fait 100 € à peu de chose(s) près that comes to 100 euros, or as near as makes no difference
    il voit mal/bien de près he can't see very well/he can see all right close to
    être près de son argent or de ses sous (inf) to be tight-fisted
    il est près de la cinquantaine he's nearly fiftyne pas être près de + infinitif
    je ne suis pas près de partir/de réussir at this rate, I'm not likely to be going/to succeed
    * * *
    pʀɛ
    1.

    la ville est tout près — it's no distance to the town, the town is close by

    2) fig

    10 kg, à quelques grammes près — 10 kg, give or take a few grammes

    ce roman est plutôt bon, à quelques détails près — this novel is quite good, apart from the odd detail

    à ceci or cela près que — except that

    à une voix près, le projet aurait été adopté — the project would have been adopted but for one vote

    prends ton temps, on n'est pas à cinq minutes près — take your time, five minutes won't make any difference

    précis au millimètre près — accurate to within a millimetre [BrE]


    2.
    près de locution prépositive
    1) ( dans l'espace) near

    être près du butfig to be close to achieving one's goal

    elle est près de lui — ( à ses côtés) she's at his side

    2) ( dans le temps) near, nearly
    3) (par les idées, les sentiments) close (de to)
    4) ( presque) nearly, almost

    3.
    de près locution adverbiale closely

    surveiller quelqu'un/qch de près — to keep a close eye on somebody/sth

    vu de près, cela rassemble à... — seen from close quarters, it looks like...

    voir la mort de près — to look death in the face, to come close to death


    4.
    à peu près locution adverbiale ( presque)
    * * *
    pʀɛ adv
    1) (pas loin) near

    J'habite tout près. — I live nearby.

    Il habite près de la poste. — He lives near the post office.

    Assieds-toi près de moi. — Sit down next to me.

    Il a regardé la photo de près. — He looked closely at the photo.

    près de (= environ)nearly

    Il y avait près de cinq cents spectateurs. — There were nearly 500 spectators.

    à qch près; à 1kg près — to within about 1kg

    On n'est pas à un jour près. — One day won't make any difference., One day either way won't make any difference.

    Il était près de le dénoncer. — He was on the point of informing on him.

    Je ne suis pas près de lui pardonner. — I'm not about to forgive him.

    * * *
    A adv
    1 ( non loin dans l'espace) close; la ville est tout près it's no distance to the town, the town is close by; ce n'est pas tout près it's quite a way; c'est plus près qu'on ne pense it's closer than you'd think; se raser de près to have a close shave;
    2 ( non loin dans le temps) les vacances sont tout près maintenant the vacation is nearly here ou upon us;
    3 fig cela pèse 10 kg, à quelques grammes près it weighs 10 kg, give or take a few grams; ce roman est plutôt bon, à quelques détails près this novel is quite good, apart from the odd detail; à ceci or cela près que except that; il m'a remboursé au centime près he paid me back to the very last penny; à une minute près, j'avais mon train/je battais mon record I was within a minute of catching my train/breaking my record; à une voix près, le projet aurait été adopté the project would have been adopted but for one vote; gagner/perdre à deux voix près to win/lose by two votes; elles sont semblables, à la couleur près they're the same but for the colourGB; prends ton temps, on n'est pas à cinq minutes près take your time, five minutes won't make any difference; ils ne sont plus à un vol près one more theft won't make any difference to them; je ne suis pas à un paquet de cigarettes près what does the odd packet of cigarettes matter?; précis au millimètre près accurate to within a millimetreGB; à une exception près with only one exception; à quelques exceptions près with a few rare exceptions.
    B près de loc prép
    1 ( dans l'espace) near; j'aimerais être près de toi I'd like to be with you; elle habite près d'ici she lives nearby ou near here; être près du but fig to be close to achieving one's goal; la balle est passée très près du cœur the bullet just missed the heart; près d'elle, un enfant jouait a child was playing near her ou beside her; elle est près de lui ( à ses côtés) she's with him;
    2 ( dans le temps) near, nearly; il est près de l'âge de la retraite he's near retirement age; il est près de minuit it's nearly midnight; elle est près de la cinquantaine she's nearly fifty; on est près des vacances maintenant the holidays are nearly here ou upon us; être près de faire to be about to do; je ne suis pas près de recommencer/d'y retourner I'm not about to do that again/to go back there again; être près de partir/sombrer to be about to leave/sink; le jour est près de se lever dawn is about to break; je suis près de penser/croire que I almost think/believe that; être près de réussir/de refuser/d'accepter to be about to succeed/to refuse/to accept, to be on the point of succeeding/of refusing/of accepting; ils étaient près de la victoire they were close to victory; le problème n'est pas près d'être résolu the problem is nowhere near solved;
    3 (par les idées, les sentiments) close; elle a toujours été très près de sa mère she has always been very close to her mother; ils sont très près l'un de l'autre they are very close; vivre près de la nature to live close to nature;
    4 ( presque) nearly, almost; cela coûte près de 1 000 euros it costs nearly ou almost 1,000 euros; il a cessé de fumer pendant près de 20 ans he didn't smoke for nearly 20 years; cela a nécessité près d'un an de travail it involved nearly a year's work; le chômage touche près de 3 millions de personnes unemployment affects nearly ou almost 3 million people; une toile de près de 2 m sur 3 a canvas measuring almost 2 m by 3; cela fait près d'un mois que j'attends I've been waiting close to ou for nearly a month.
    C de près loc adv closely; regarder de plus près to take a closer look; regarder/examiner qch de près to look at/to examine sth closely; observer/suivre qn de près to observe/to follow sb closely; surveiller qn/qch de près to keep a close eye on sb/sth; le coup de fusil a été tiré de très près the shot was fired at close range; voir de près to see clearly close up; vu de près, cela rassemble à… seen from close quarters, it looks like…; les examens/concurrents se suivent de près the exams/competitors are close together; les explosions se succédèrent de près the explosions came in close succession; être lié de près à qch to be closely linked with sth; s'intéresser de près à qch to take a close interest in sth; frôler de près la catastrophe to come close to disaster; ne pas y regarder de trop près not to look too closely; voir la mort de près to look death in the face, to come close to death; à y regarder de plus près on closer examination.
    D à peu près loc adv ( presque) la rue est à peu près vide the street is practically ou virtually empty; cela coûte à peu près 200 euros it costs about ou around 200 euros; il y a à peu près une heure qu'il est parti he left about an hour ago, it's about an hour since he left; un groupe d'à peu près 50 personnes a group of about ou some 50 people; je pense à peu près comme toi I think more or less the same as you; à peu près de la même façon in much the same way; à peu près semblables pretty much the same; cela désigne à peu près n'importe quoi it refers to just about anything; c'est à peu près tout that's about the size of it; c'est à peu près tout ce qu'on sait sur cette affaire that's just about all we know about this matter.
    [prɛ] adverbe
    1. [dans l'espace] near, close
    2. [dans le temps] near, close, soon
    jeudi c'est trop près, disons plutôt samedi Thursday is too soon, let's say Saturday
    ————————
    [prɛ] préposition
    ————————
    à... près locution correlative
    c'est parfait, à un détail près it's perfect but for ou except for one thing
    ————————
    à cela près que locution conjonctive
    à peu de choses près locution adverbiale
    à peu de choses près, il y en a cinquante there are fifty of them, more or less ou give or take a few
    ————————
    à peu près locution adverbiale
    1. [environ] about, around
    2. [plus ou moins] more or less
    ————————
    de près locution adverbiale
    at close range ou quarters
    b. (figuré) to look (very) closely at something, to look carefully into something
    cela ressemble, de près ou de loin, à une habile escroquerie however ou whichever way you look at it, it's a skilful piece of fraud
    tout ce qui touche, de près ou de loin à everything (which is) even remotely connected with
    ————————
    près de locution prépositionnelle
    1. [dans l'espace] near
    vêtements près du corps close-fitting ou tight-fitting clothes
    [affectivement, qualitativement] close to
    2. [dans le temps]
    je ne suis pas près d'oublier ça I'm not about to ou it'll be a long time before I forget that
    3. [environ, presque] nearly, almost

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > près

  • 18 KROSS

    * * *
    (pl. -ar), m.
    1) cross, crucifix;
    2) sign of the cross; í kross, cross-wise, in the form of a cross (leggja hendr í kross; rétta sik í kross).
    * * *
    m.; the earliest poets use the Lat. form, but as masc., helgum crúci, Edda 92 (in a verse); merki crúcis, Líkn. 52, which form remains in the pr. name Krysi-vík, Kryci-vika, q. v.; [like A. S. and Engl. cross, Hel. cruci, Germ. kreuz, Swed.-Dan. kors, from Lat. crux]:—a cross, Bs., N. T., Pass., Vídal. passim.
    2. the holy rood, crucifix, in the Roman Catholic times; Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; taka kross í hönd sér, of one taking an oath, Grág. i. 64; hann lét einn gullkross göra ok síðan vígja, Fms. vi. 142; í bríkum ok krossum, Bs. i. 132. These holy roods were erected on high roads, and worshipped,—hón hafði bæna-hald sitt á Krosshólum, þar lét hón reisa krossa, Landn. 111; þeir höfðu krossa tvá, þá er nú eru í Skarði inu eystra, merkir annarr hæð Ólafs konungs en annarr hæð Hjalta Skeggjasonar, Bs. i. 21: allit., kirkja eðr kross, fara til kirkju eða kross, to go to worship at church or cross, Hom. (St.); hann kom hvárki til kross né kirkju, Art. 21; hafnar-kross, Bs. i. 607, (see höfn); hinn þriðja dag í Jólum at kveldi var hón at krossi, she was worshipping at a cross, 370, cp. 607; kross-smíð, the carving of a cross, Ann. 1334. Many local names bear witness to this cross-worship, which answers to the hörgar of the heathen age, cp. the passage in Landn. l. c.; Þorkell er svá baðsk fyrir at krossi, gott ey gömlum manni, gott ey ungum manni, Landn. 45. Kross, Kross-á, Krossár-dalr, Kross-áss, Krossa-nes, Krossa-vík (whence Krossvíkingar, Ísl. ii), Kross-holt, Kross-hólar, Kross-sund, as also Krysi-vík (q. v.) in southern Icel., prob. from a harbour cross being erected there, Landn., Sturl., the map of Icel., cp. Engl. and Scot. Holy Rood:—the name of several ancient poems, Kross-drápa, Kross-vísur. 3. the sign of the cross (signa or signa sig); Skíði görði skyndi-kross skjótt með sinni loppu, Skíða R. 125; í kross, adv. cross-wise, in form of a cross; þat kallaði hann svá er í kross var sprungit, Glúm. 383; ok var hvártveggi brenndr í kross, Nj. 209; þat hafði hann helzt til trúar, at hann blés í kross yfir drykk sínum, Fs. 103.
    4. a cross used to summon people to a meeting (the Scot. Fiery cross), called skera kross, Grág. i. 166, 446, 447, N. G. L. i. 11, 348, 378, answering to the heathen her-ör.
    COMPDS: krossalauss, krossband, krossbinda, krossbúza, krossdúkr, krossfall, krossfé, krossferill, krossför, Krossgildi, krossgötur, krosshús, krossmaðr, krossmaðra, krossmark, krossmerki, Krossmessa, krossmessudagr, krosspísl, KrossSaga, krossskjöldr, krossskurðr, krosstákn, krosstíðir, krosstré, krossurt, krossvarða, krossvegr, krossviðr, krossvíti.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > KROSS

  • 19 gr|ób

    m (G grobu) 1. (miejsce pochówku) (ziemny) grave; (grobowiec) tomb, crypt
    - odwiedzać groby bliskich to visit one’s relatives’ graves
    - chodzić na groby to visit graves
    - złożyła kwiaty na grobie matki she put flowers on her mother’s grave
    - pochowano go w grobie rodzinnym he was interred in the family grave/tomb
    - już od dawna leży w grobie s/he’s been dead for quite some time now
    2. przen. grave przen.
    - małżeństwo jest grobem miłości marriage is the grave of love
    3. Relig. a representation of the Holy Sepulchre displayed for veneration in Catholic churches on Good Friday and Saturday
    - □ groby szkieletowe Archeol. (Neolithic/Bronze Age) ossuaries spec.
    - Grób Nieznanego Żołnierza the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier
    - Grób Święty a. Pański the Holy Sepulchre GB, the Holy Sepulcher US
    będę ci wierny/wdzięczny po grób I’ll be faithful/grateful to you to the day I die
    - będzie mi to wypominał po grób I’ll never hear the last of it
    - miłość po grób undying love
    - wesoło jak w rodzinnym grobie pot. about as lively a. cheerful as a funeral pot., iron.
    - zza grobu from beyond the grave
    - głos/wołanie zza grobu a voice/call from beyond the grave
    - przewracać się w grobie pot. to turn in one’s grave
    - spocząć w grobie książk. to be laid to rest
    - spoczywać w grobie to lie in the grave
    - stać nad grobem to have one foot in the grave
    - wpędzić kogoś do grobu to be the death of sb
    - te ciągłe awantury/te dzieci wpędzą mnie do grobu these constant fights/those kids are going to be the death of me
    - kopać sobie grób to dig one’s own grave
    - swoim zachowaniem sam kopie sobie grób he’s digging his own grave with that behaviour
    - zabrać a. wziąć coś (ze sobą) do grobu to take sth to the grave [tajemnicę]

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > gr|ób

  • 20 spirit

    1. n душа; дух

    in spirit — мысленно, в душе

    the world of spirit — духовный мир, духовная жизнь

    spirit of competition — дух конкуренции; дух соперничества

    2. n натура, личность, индивидуальность; ум
    3. n человек, индивидуум
    4. n моральная сила, энергия, решительность
    5. n живость, горячность, задор
    6. n часто настроение, душевное состояние

    animal spirits — жизнерадостность, бодрость

    7. n дух, сущность, истинный смысл
    8. n тенденция, общее направление, общий характер
    9. n приверженность
    10. n умысел, цель; задняя мысль
    11. n восприятие; понимание

    I trust you will understand the above in the spirit in which it was written — надеюсь, что вы поймёте сказанное в том же духе, в каком оно было написано

    12. n рел. бог
    13. n рел. дух святой
    14. n рел. ангел
    15. n рел. бес
    16. n рел. дух, призрак, привидение
    17. n рел. фея; эльф

    water spirit — водяной; русалка

    18. v разг. тайно унести, увести, похитить

    he was spirited off by a policeman before we had a chance to speak to him — его забрал полицейский прежде, чем нам удалось поговорить с ним

    19. v разг. оживлять; подбадривать, придавать смелости, решительности; воодушевлять, вдохновлять
    20. n обыкн. спирт

    methylated spirit — денатурированный спирт, денатурат

    21. n обыкн. спиртной напиток, алкоголь

    he drinks beer but no spirits — он пьёт пиво, но не употребляет крепких напитков

    22. n разг. автомобильный бензин

    motor spirit — автомобильный бензин; жидкое топливо

    23. n текст. красильно-отделочный раствор
    Синонимический ряд:
    1. allegiance (noun) allegiance; devotion; loyalty
    2. animation (noun) animation; bounce; brio; consciousness; dash; elan; esprit; gimp; life; mind; oomph; verve; vigor; vim; zest; zing; йlan
    3. apparition (noun) apparition; bogey; bogy; demon; eidolon; ghost; goblin; hobgoblin; phantasm; phantom; revenant; shade; shadow; specter; spectre; spectrum; spook; umbra; visitant; wraith
    4. core (noun) character; complexion; core; drift; gist; kernel; marrow; meat; nature; nub; pith; quintessence; root; stuff; substance
    5. heart (noun) bravery; courage; dauntlessness; fearlessness; fortitude; gallantry; guts; heart; intrepidity; mettle; nerve; pluck; resolution; spunk; valour
    6. intent (noun) essence; intent; intention; meaning; purport; sense; significance
    7. mood (noun) attitude; climate; disposition; feeling; frame of mind; humor; humour; mood; sorts; temper; tenor; timbre; tone
    8. soul (noun) anima; animus; elan vital; pneuma; psyche; soul; vital force; vitality
    9. vivacity (noun) ardor; ardour; energy; enterprise; enthusiasm; liveliness; vigour; vivacity; zeal; zealousness
    10. sneak (verb) smuggle; sneak
    11. vitalise (verb) animate; encourage; excite; inspirit; instil; instill; vitalise; vitalize
    Антонимический ряд:
    body; disloyalty; lethargy; letter; materiality; organisation; organization; sluggishness; substance; timidity

    English-Russian base dictionary > spirit

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Holy Science — is a book written by Swami Sri Yukteswar Giri in 1894 under the title Kaivalya Darsanam . Sri Yukteswar states that he wrote The Holy Science at the request of Mahavatar Babaji. The book compares parallel passages from the Bible and Bhagavad Gita …   Wikipedia

  • The Golden Age of Grotesque — студийный альбом Marilyn Manson Дата выпуска 13 мая 2003 Записан 2003 …   Википедия

  • The golden age of grotesque — Album par Marilyn Manson Sortie 13 mai 2003 Enregistrement  ??? Durée 5 …   Wikipédia en Français

  • The Golden Age of Grotesque — Álbum de Marilyn Manson Publicación 12 de mayo de 2003 Género(s) Industrial metal Duración 57:40 Discog …   Wikipedia Español

  • The Golden Age of Grotesque — Album par Marilyn Manson Sortie 13 mai 2003 Enregistrement  ??? Durée 57:33 Genre Metal alternatif Metal industriel Producteur …   Wikipédia en Français

  • The Golden Age of Grotesque — Marilyn Manson Marilyn Manson live in Florenz, 2007 Gründung 1989 Genre Alternative Rock, Metal Website …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • The Golden Age of Grotesque — Infobox Album Name = The Golden Age of Grotesque Type = studio Artist = Marilyn Manson Released = Recorded = Unknown Sources Genre = Industrial metal, Alternative metal Length = 57:40 Label = Nothing, Interscope Producer = Marilyn Manson, Tim… …   Wikipedia

  • The Holy — Infobox book name = The Holy image caption = Recent paperback cover author = Daniel Quinn country = United States language = English genre = Novel media type = Print (Hardback Paperback) publisher = Context Books (first edition, hardcover),… …   Wikipedia

  • The Holy Soul — Infobox musical artist Name = The Holy Soul Img capt = The Holy Soul live Background = group or band Origin = Flagicon|AUS Sydney, New South Wales, Australia Genre = Indie rock/Alternative rock Years active = 2001 ndash;present Label =… …   Wikipedia

  • The Holy Terror — Bigfinishbox title=The Holy Terror series=Doctor Who number=14 featuring=Sixth Doctor Frobisher writer=Robert Shearman director=Nicholas Pegg producer=Gary Russell Jason Haigh Ellery executive producer=Jacqueline Rayner production code=SS2 set… …   Wikipedia

  • The Father, the Son, and the Holy Guest Star — Infobox Simpsons episode episode name = The Father, the Son, and the Holy Guest Star episode no = 356 prod code = GABF09 airdate = May 15, 2005 writer = Matt Warburton director = Michael Polcino blackboard = None couch gag = The Simpsons are… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»